00_198_BRAVO_603.81.710_EN_02_05.10_L_LG.pdf - FIAT

The data contained in this publication is intended merely as a guide. FIAT reserves the right to modify the models and versions described in this booklet at any time for technical and commercial reasons.

If you have any further questions please consult your FIAT dealer. Printed in recycled paper without chlorine. O W N E R H A N D B O O K

F I A T B R A V OENGLISH

BRAVO UM GB 15-05-2007 8:36 Pagina 1

This Owner Handbook describes all Fiat Bravo versions. As a consequence, you should consider only the information which is related to the engine

and bodywork version of the car you purchased.

Dear Customer,

Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Bravo.

We have written this handbook to help you get to know all your new Fiat Bravo features and use it in the best possible way.

You should read it right through before taking the road for the first time.

You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your car to help you derive the maximum from your Fiat Bravo technological features.

You are recommended to read carefully the warnings and indications marked with the respective symbols:

personal safety;

the car’s wellbeing;

environmental protection.

The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its Customers:

❒ the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity

❒ the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers.

Best regards and good motoring!

001-022 BRAVO GB:001-022 BRAVO GB 15-03-2011 12:04 Pagina 1

MUST BE READ!

�

K

REFUELLING

Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95 conforming to the Eu-ropean specification EN 228.

Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590. Using other productsor mixtures may damage the engine beyond repair and cause the forfeiture of the warranty cover for caused dam-ages as a consequence.

ENGINE STARTING

Petrol engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral; fully depress the clutchwithout pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.

Diesel engines: turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the warning lights Y (or symbol on display) and mto go off; turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.

PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pine nee-dles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.

RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

The car is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated with emissions to en-sure better respect for the environment.


ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES

If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), visit a FiatDealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car’s electric system can sup-port the required load.

CODE card (for versions/markets, where provided)

Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car. The code card shall be used for requesting additional keys.

SCHEDULED SERVICING

Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety fea-tures, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.

THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…

… information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your car, and its maintenance. Payparticular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) ! (the car’s wellbeing).

�


4

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

DASHBOARD ...................................................................... 5INSTRUMENT PANEL ........................................................ 6SYMBOLS ............................................................................... 8THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM.................................................. 8THE KEYS .............................................................................. 10ALARM ................................................................................... 16IGNITION DEVICE .............................................................. 19INSTRUMENTS ..................................................................... 20MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ............................................ 22RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ..... 23DISPLAY FUNCTIONS........................................................ 29TRIP COMPUTER ................................................................ 36SEATS ...................................................................................... 38HEAD RESTRAINTS............................................................. 40STEERING WHEEL .............................................................. 41REARVIEW MIRRORS ......................................................... 41HEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ................... 43HEATING AND VENTILATION ...................................... 45MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .................... 47AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONECLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................ 50EXTERNAL LIGHTS............................................................. 56WINDOW WASHING ....................................................... 58

CRUISE CONTROL ............................................................ 61

CEILING LIGHTS .................................................................. 63

CONTROLS........................................................................... 65

INTERIOR FITTINGS........................................................... 67

SUNROOF.............................................................................. 72

DOORS .................................................................................. 75

POWER WINDOWS ......................................................... 77

BOOT ...................................................................................... 79

BONNET................................................................................. 83

ROOF RACK/SKI RACK .................................................... 84

HEADLIGHTS ........................................................................ 85

ABS SYSTEM ......................................................................... 86

ESP SYSTEM .......................................................................... 88

START&STOP SYSTEM ...................................................... 91

EOBD SYSTEM ..................................................................... 96

SOUND SYSTEM .................................................................. 97

INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC /ELECTRONIC DEVICES...................................................... 98

“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM ............................................................. 99

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM(T.P.M.S.).................................................................................. 101

PARKING SENSORS ........................................................... 104

AT THE FILLING STATION ............................................. 108

PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ........................... 110

DDAASSHHBBOOAARRDD AANNDD CCOONNTTRROOLLSS


DASHBOARD

The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.

1. Side window air vent - 2. Adjustable and swivel air vent - 3. External light stalk - 4. Instrument panel - 5. Windscreen/rear win-dow wiper/trip computer stalk - 6. Adjustable and swivel air vents - 7. Hazard light switch - 8. Front passenger air bag - 9. Glove-box - 10. Set of switches for front/rear fog lights and menu opening/setting - 11. Sound system controls - 12. Controls for heat-ing/ventilation/climate control - 13. Electric power steering/ASR system on/off switch unit (for versions/markets, where provid-ed)/front parking sensors (for versions/markets, where provided) - 14. Ignition key and ignition device - 15. Driver’s knees air bag(for versions/markets, where provided) - 16. Driver’s air bag - 17. Steering wheel locking/release stalk - 18. Fusebox access door19. Bonnet opening lever

5

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

F0Q0639m

fig. 1


6

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS INSTRUMENT PANEL Versions with multifunction display

A Speedometer (speed indicator)

B Fuel level gauge with reserve warninglight

C Engine coolant temperature gauge andexcessive temperature warning light

D Rev counter

E Multifunction display.

mcWarning lights fitted on dieselversions only

On diesel versions the revcounter end scale value is 6000rpm.

Sport versions with multifunctiondisplay A Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning

lightC Engine coolant temperature gauge and

excessive temperature warning lightD Rev counterE Multifunction display.

mcWarning lights fitted on dieselversions onlyOn diesel versions the revcounter end scale value is 6000rpm.

F0Q0604m

F0Q0605m

fig. 3

fig. 2


7

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSVersions with reconfigurablemultifunction display




D Rev counter

E Reconfigurable multifunction display.


On diesel versions the revcounter end scale value is 6000rpm.

F0Q0612m

fig. 4

F0Q0613m

fig. 5

Sport versions with reconfigurablemultifunction displayA Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning


excessive temperature warning lightD Rev counter


mcWarning lights fitted on dieselversions onlyOn diesel versions the revcounter end scale value is 6000rpm.


8

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS SYMBOLS

Special coloured labels have been attachednear or actually on some of the compo-nents of your car. These labels bear sym-bols that remind you of the precautionsto be taken as regards that particular com-ponent.

The plate summarising the symbols usedcan be found under the bonnet fig. 6.

THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM

To further protect you car from theft, ithas been fitted with an engine immobilis-ing system. This system is automatically ac-tivated when the ignition key is removed.

An electronic device, in fact, is fitted ineach ignition key grip. The device trans-mits a radio-frequency signal when the en-gine is started through a special aerial builtinto the ignition switch. The modulate sig-nal, which changes each time the engine isstarted, is the “password” by means ofwhich the control unit recognises the keyand enables to start the engine.

fig. 6 F0Q0640m


9

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSOPERATION

Each time the car is started turning the ig-nition key to MAR, the Fiat CODE sys-tem control unit sends a recognition codeto the engine control unit to deactivatethe inhibitor.

The code is sent only if the Fiat CODEsystem control unit has recognised thecode transmitted from the key.

Each time the ignition key is turned toSTOP, the Fiat CODE system deactivatesthe functions of the engine electronic con-trol unit.

If the code has not been recognised cor-rectly, the instrument panel warning lightY (or symbol on display) will turn on.

In this case, the key should be moved tothe STOP position and then back toMAR; if the lock continues, possibly tryagain with the other key provided with thecar. If it is still not possible to start the carcontact a Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT Every key has its own code,which must be memorised by the systemcontrol unit. To memorise new keys, upto a maximum of eight, apply solely to Fi-at Dealership taking with you the CODEcard and the keys, a personal identity doc-ument and the car’s ownership docu-ments. The codes of the keys not provid-ed during the new memorising procedureare erased from the memory. This is toensure that any lost or stolen keys can nolonger be used to start the car.

The electronic components in-side the key may be damagedif the key is submitted to sharpknocks.

Warning light Y (or symbol ondisplay) coming on when driving

❒ If the warning light Y (or symbol ondisplay) turns on, this means that thesystem is running a self-test (for exam-ple for a voltage drop).

❒ If the warning light Y (or symbol ondisplay) continues to stay on, contacta Fiat Dealership.


10

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS THE KEYS

CODE CARD (for versions/markets, where provided)

Together with the keys you will receivethe CODE card fig. 7 to be presented toFiat Dealership when requesting additionalkeys.

IMPORTANT In order to ensure perfectefficiency of the electronic devices con-tained inside the keys, they should neverbe exposed to direct sunlight.

KEY WITHOUT REMOTECONTROL(for versions/markets, where provided)

The key is fitted with a metal insert A-fig. 8, operating:

❒ the ignition switch

❒ doors and tailgate locks

❒ the fuel lid locking/unlocking (on ver-sions featuring fuel filler cap with lock)

❒ the safe lock device (only disengage-ment - for versions/markets, whereprovided)

All the keys and the CODEcard must be handed over tothe new owner when sellingthe car.

fig. 7 F0Q0001m fig. 8 F0Q0034m


11

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROL

The key is fitted with a metal insert A-fig. 9, operating:

❒ the ignition switch

❒ doors and tailgate locks

❒ the fuel lid locking/unlocking

❒ the safe lock device (only disengage-ment - for versions/markets, whereprovided)

To open/close the metal insert, press but-ton B

Button Ë for remote unlocking of doorsand tailgate.

Button Á for remote locking of doors andtailgate.

Button R for remote opening of the tail-gate. Button B for power-assisted open-ing of the metal insert A.

If locking button Á is inadver-tently pressed from the pas-senger compartment, when

getting out of the car only the doorsbeing used will unlock; the tailgate willstay locked. To realign the system,press again the locking/unlocking but-tons Á /Ë.

Button B-fig. 9 should onlybe pressed when the key is

away from the body, in particularfrom the eyes and from objects thatcan be spoilt (e.g. clothes). Make surethe key can never be touched by oth-ers, especially children, who may in-advertently press the button.

WARNING

fig. 9 F0Q0255m

Opening the doors and the tailgate

Briefly press button Ë for remote un-locking of doors and tailgate and simulta-neous alarm (for versions/markets, whereprovided) deactivation, timed switching onof the internal ceiling lights and doubleflashing of direction indicators (for ver-sions/markets, where provided).

Press button Ë for more than 2 secondsto open the windows.

Doors will be unlocked automatically if thefuel inertial cut-off switch comes into op-eration.


12

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Closing the doors and the tailgate

Briefly press button Á for remote lock-ing of doors and tailgate and simultaneousalarm (for versions/markets, where pro-vided) activation, switching off of the in-ternal ceiling lights and single flashing of di-rection indicators.

Press button Á for more than 2 secondsto close the windows. If the button isbriefly pressed twice, the safe lock device(for versions/markets, where provided) isactivated (see next paragraph “Safe lockdevice”).

If one or more doors are open, lockingwill not be activated and the central pan-el led A-fig. 10 and direction indicatorswill flash rapidly. If only the tailgate is openthe doors will lock.

Opening the tailgate by theremote control

Press button R to open the tailgate byremote control even if the alarm (for ver-sions/markets, where provided) is on.

Opening the tailgate is accompanied by thedirection indicators flashing twice; clos-ing is accompanied by a single flash only ifthe alarm is on.

Opening the tailgate (with alarm on) willobtain the deactivation of boot volumet-ric protection and perimetral sensor.

Closing the tailgate will reactivate bootvolumetric protection and perimetral sen-sor.

fig. 10 F0Q0742m

Leds on central panel

When locking the doors, led A-fig. 10switches on for about 3 seconds and thanstarts flashing (deterrence function).

Once doors are locked, if one or moredoors or the tailgate are not closed cor-rectly, the led and direction indicatorsstart flashing quickly.


13

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

REPLACING THE BATTERY OF THE KEY WITH REMOTECONTROL fig. 11

Battery replacement:

❒ press button A and open the metal in-sert B;

❒ turn the screw C to : using a fine bitscrewdriver;

❒ take out the battery case D and replacethe battery E making sure that the biasis correct;

❒ re-insert the battery holder D in thekey and lock it turning the screw C to;.

REQUEST FOR ADDITIONALREMOTE CONTROLS

The system can recognise up to 8 remotecontrols. Should a new remote control benecessary, contact a Fiat Dealership, tak-ing with you the CODE card, a personalidentity document and the car’s owner-ship documents.

Used batteries are harmful tothe environment. They shouldbe disposed of as specified bylaw in the special containers

provided, or take them to a Fiat Deal-ership, which will deal with their dis-posal.

fig. 11 F0Q0256m

REPLACEMENT OF REMOTECONTROL COVER fig. 12

To replace the remote control cover, fol-low the procedure shown in fig. 12.

fig. 123 4

1 2

F0Q0257m


14

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

SAFE LOCK DEVICE (for versions/markets, where provided)

This safety device enables to inhibit:

❒ door internal handles;

❒ button fig. 13 for locking/unlocking thedoors, placed on the central panel;

thus hindering doors opening from insidethe passenger’s compartment in case ofattempt to break-into (e.g. window break-ing).

The safe lock device guarantees the bestprotection against unwanted access.Therefore, it should be actuated everytime the car is parked and left unattend-ed.

fig. 13 F0Q0641m

Device activation

The device is automatically activated onevery door by pressing twice button Á onthe key with remote control.

Device activation is signalled by threeflashes of the direction indicators andflashing of the door-lock button led on thedashboard (see table on next page).

If one of the doors is not perfectly closed,the dead lock device will not activate, thuspreventing that a person getting into thecar from the open door remains blockedinside the passenger’s compartment whenshe/he closes the door.

Device deactivation

The device is deactivated automatically onevery door in the following cases:

❒ when unlocking the doors;

❒ when turning the ignition key to MAR.

Once the safe lock devicehas been actuated, doors

cannot be opened from inside the carin any way whatsoever. For this rea-son, make sure there are no personsleft inside the car.

WARNING

If the battery of the key withremote control is down, the

safe lock device can only be activat-ed through the metal insert of the keyin the revolving plugs of the doors asdescribed previously: in this case thesafe lock device is active only on therear doors.

WARNING


15

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSThe main functions that can be activated with the keys (with or without remote control) are the following:

Door opening

Key turning counterclockwise(driver side) orclockwise(passenger side)(where provided)

Key turning counterclockwise(driver side) orclockwise

Pressing brieflybutton Ë

2 flashings

Deterrence ledturning off

Door closing

Key turning clockwise(driver side) orcounterclockwise(passenger side)(where provided)

Key turning clockwise (driver side) orcounterclockwise

Pressing brieflybutton Á

1 flashing

Turned on fixed forapprox. 3 secondsfollowed by deter-rence led flashing

Window opening

–

–

Prolonged pressing(> 2 seconds) onbutton Ë

2 flashings

Turning offdeterrence led

Window closing

–

–

Prolonged pressing(> 2 seconds) onbutton Á

1 flashing

Deterrence ledflashing

Safe lock(for versions/

markets, whereprovided)

–

–

Double pressingon button Á

3 flashings

Double flashing and then deterrence ledflashing

Tailgateopening

–

–

Press button R

2 flashings

Deterrent ledflashing

Type of key

Key withoutremote control (for versions/markets,where provided)

Key withremote control

Directionindicatorsflashing(only with keywith remotecontrol)

Led on central dashboard


16

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS ALARM (for versions/markets, whereprovided)

The alarm function is provided in additionto all remote control functions previous-ly described and it is controlled by the re-ceiver located under the dashboard, nextto the fuse box.

WHEN THE ALARM IS TRIGGERED

The alarm comes into action in the fol-lowing cases:

❒ unlawful opening of one of the doors,bonnet or boot (perimetral protec-tion);

❒ attempt to start the engine (turning theignition key to MAR);

❒ battery cable cutting;

❒ presence of moving bodies in the pas-senger’s compartment (volumetric pro-tection);

❒ abnormal raising/sloping of the car.

Depending on the markets, the cutting inof the alarm causes operation of the sirenand direction indicators (for about 26 sec-onds). The ways of operating and the num-ber of cycles may vary depending on themarkets.

A maximum number of sound/sight cyclesis however envisaged.

The volume sensing and anti-lift protec-tions may be turned off by operating thecontrol on the front courtesy light (see“Volume-sensing/anti-lift protection” para-graph).

IMPORTANT The engine immobiliserfunction is guaranteed by the Fiat CODEsystem, which is automatically activatedwhen the ignition key is removed.


17

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSHOW TO ACTIVATE THE ALARM

With the doors, bonnet and boot shut andthe ignition key in the STOP position orwith the key removed, point the key withremote control in the direction of the car,then press and release the button Á.

With the exception of certain markets,the system sounds a “beep” and the doorsare locked.

Engagement of the alarm is preceded bya self-diagnostic test. If a fault is detectedthe system sounds a further warning“beep” and the display shows the relevantmessage (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).

In this case, switch the alarm system off bypressing button Ë, check that the doors,bonnet and tailgate are properly shut, thenswitch the alarm on again by pressing but-ton Á.

Otherwise, the door, bonnet or tailgatethat is not shut properly will be excludedfrom the alarm system control.

If the doors, bonnet and boot are shutcorrectly and the control signal is repeat-ed, the system self-diagnostics has de-tected a system operating fault. It is there-fore necessary to contact Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT When operating the cen-tral door locking with the metal insert ofthe key, the alarm is not activated.

IMPORTANT The electronic alarm is builtin compliance with the law and regulationsof the different countries.

HOW TO DEACTIVATE THE ALARM

Press button Ë of the key with remotecontrol.

The system will react as follows (with theexception of certain markets):

❒ two brief flashes of the direction indi-cators;

❒ two brief “beeps”;

❒ door unlocking.

IMPORTANT Operating the central doorlocking with the metal insert of the keywill not deactivate the alarm.


18

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS VOLUME-SENSING/ANTI-LIFT PROTECTION

To ensure correct operation of the pro-tection, it is advisable to fully close the sidewindows and sun-roof (for versions/ mar-kets, where provided).

If necessary, the function may be turnedoff (e.g. if animals are left in the car) bypressing key A-fig. 15, located on thefront courtesy light before activating thealarm.

Function deactivation is indicated by theled located on the key flashing for a fewseconds. If the volume-sensing/anti-liftprotection is turned off, this must be re-peated whenever the instrument panel isturned off.

INDICATIONS OF ATTEMPTS TO BREAK IN

Any attempt to break in is indicated bywarning light Y (or symbol on display)on the instrument panel with the relevantmessage on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

HOW TO CUT OFF THE ALARM SYSTEM

To deactivate the alarm system com-pletely (for instance during prolonged in-activity of the car) simply lock the carturning the metal insert of the key with re-mote control in the lock.

IMPORTANT To cut-out the electronicalarm if remote control batteries aredown or the system is failing, fit the keyinto the ignition switch and turn it toMAR.

fig. 15 F0Q0752m


19

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIGNITION SWITCH

The key can be turned to 3 different po-sitions fig. 16:

❒ STOP: engine off, key can be re-moved, steering column locked. Cer-tain electrical devices (e.g.: sound sys-tem, central door locking, electronicalarm, etc.) can work.

❒ MAR: driving position. All electricaldevices are powered.

❒ AVV: engine starting.

The ignition switch is fitted with a safetymechanism that, in the event the engine isnot started, compels the driver to turn theignition key back to STOP before re-peating the starting operation.

STEERING COLUMN LOCK

Engaging

When the key is at STOP remove thekey and turn the steering wheel until itlocks.

fig. 16 F0Q0642m

If the ignition device is tam-pered with (e.g.: attempted

theft), have it checked over by a FiatDealership before restarting to drive.

WARNING

When getting out of the car,always remove the key to

prevent any occupants from acci-dentally activating the controls. Re-member to engage the handbrakeand if the car is parked on uphill slopeto engage the first gear. If the car isfacing downhill, engage the reversegear. Never leave unsupervised chil-dren in the car.

WARNING It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out whatever after-

market operation involving steeringsystem or steering column modifica-tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theftdevice) that could badly affect per-formance and safety, cause the lapseof warranty and also result in non-compliance of the car with homolo-gation requirements.

WARNING

Never remove the ignitionkey while the car is moving.

The steering wheel would automati-cally lock as soon as you try to turnit. This also applies when the car isbeing towed.

WARNING

Disengaging

Rock the steering wheel slightly as youturn the ignition key to MAR.

WARNING In certain parking conditions(e.g. wheels steered) the force requiredto move the steering wheel to switch thefunction off may be high.


20

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS INSTRUMENTS

Instrument background color and typemay vary according to the version.

SPEEDOMETER fig. 17

It shows the car speed.

DASHBOARD LIGHTING ADJUSTMENT (Brightness sensor)(versions Sport with reconfigurablemultifunction display)

The versions Sport with reconfigurablemultifunction Display are provided witha brightness sensor (located inside thetachometer), able to detect the environ-ment light conditions and, depending onthe measurement, to adjust the operat-ing mode of the dashboard.

The instrument operates as follows:

❒ in “daylight” mode, the display can beset on 8 different levels, the dashboardgraphics are turned off and all the in-dexes are fully lighted and cannot beadjusted;

❒ in “night” mode, the display, the graph-ics and the indexes can be set on 8 dif-ferent levels. The brightness of the bi-zone automatic climate control systemdisplay and of the car radio display isaccordingly adjusted.

REV. COUNTER fig. 18

Rev counter shows engine rpm.On diesel versions the rev counter endscale value is 6000 rpm.

IMPORTANT The electronic injectioncontrol system gradually shuts off the flowof fuel when the engine is “over-revving”resulting in a gradual loss of engine pow-er.

When the engine is idling, the rev countermay indicate a gradual or sudden speed in-crease. This is normal as it takes place dur-ing normal operation, for example whenactivating the climate control system orthe fan. In particular a slow change in thespeed preserves the battery charge.

fig. 18 F0Q0607mfig. 17 F0Q0606m

The brightness level depends on the set-tings previously set by means of the SetupMenu of the reconfigurable multifunctionaldisplay (see “Dimmer” at paragraph “Re-configurable multifunctional display”).

When travelling, the graphics lighting mayturn on if the lighting in the passengercompartment changes from “daylight” to“night” condition (e.g. when entering atunnel).


21

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

If the needle reaches the redarea, stop the engine immedi-ately and contact a Fiat Deal-ership.

fig. 19 F0Q0608m

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE

This shows the temperature of the enginecoolant fluid and begins working when thefluid temperature exceeds approx. 50°C.

Under normal conditions, the needleshould move to different positions of thescale according to the conditions of useof the car.

C - Low engine coolant temperature.

H - High engine coolant temperature.

The turning on of the warning light B-fig.19 (together with the message shown onthe display) indicates that the coolant flu-id temperature is too high; in this case,stop the engine and contact a Fiat Deal-ership.

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

This shows the amount of fuel left in thefuel tank.

The reserve warning light A-fig. 19 turnson to indicate that approx. 8-10 litres offuel are left in the tank.

E - tank empty.

F - tank full (see contents of “At the fillingstation” paragraph in this chapter).

Do not travel with the tank almost emp-ty because the catalytic converter couldbecome damaged.

IMPORTANT The needle sets to E withwarning light A flashing to indicate that thesystem is failing. In this event contact FiatDealership to have the system checked.


22

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (for versions/markets, where provided)

Your car is fitted with the multifunctiondisplay that shows all the useful informa-tion necessary when driving.

"STANDARD" SCREEN fig. 20(versions without Start&Stop)

The standard screen shows the followingindications:

A Date

B Dualdrive electric power steering en-gagement, if any

C Sport function indication (for ver-sions/markets, where provided)

D Clock

E Odometer (covered km or miles)

F Warning of ice on road

G External temperature

H Scheduled servicing

I Headlight aiming position (only withdipped beam headlights on)

"STANDARD" SCREEN fig. 20a(versions with Start&Stop)

The standard screen shows the followinginformation:

A Date

B Gear Shift Indicator (for versions/markets, where provided)

C Start&Stop function indicator (for ver-sions/markets, where provided)

D Clock

E Odometer (covered km or miles)

F External temperature

G Headlight aiming position (only withdipped beam headlights on).

H Dualdrive electric power steering en-gagement, if any

CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 21

▲ To scroll the display and the relatedoptions upwards or to increase thevalue displayed.

MODE Brief press to open the menuand/or to move to next screen or to con-firm the option required.

Long press to go back to the standardscreen.

▼ To scroll the display and the relatedoptions downwards or to decrease thevalue displayed.

fig. 20 F0Q3245g

fig. 21 F0Q0643m

fig. 20a F0Q3240g


23

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSNote Buttons ▲ and ▼ activate differentfunctions according to the following situ-ations:

– to scroll the menu options upwards anddownwards;

– to increase or to decrease values duringsettings.

Note When opening one of the frontdoors the display will show for a few sec-onds the clock and covered km or miles.

SETUP MENU fig. 22

The menu comprises a series of functionsarranged in a “circular fashion” which canbe selected through buttons ▲ and ▼ toaccess the different select operations andsettings (setup) given below. For certainoptions (Set time and Units) there is a sub-menu.

The setup menu can be activated by press-ing briefly button MODE.

Single presses on buttons ▲ or ▼ willscroll the setup menu options. Handlingmodes differ with each other according tothe characteristic of the option selected.

If the car is equipped with Radionavigator,the only functions that can be adjusted/setthrough the instrument panel display arethe following: “Dimmer”, “Speed Beep”,“Headl. sensor” (for versions/markets,where provided), “Belt buzzer” and “Pas-senger bag”. The other functions are dis-played by and can be adjusted/set throughsystem display.

Selecting an option in the main menu withoutsubmenu:

– press briefly button MODE to selectthe menu option to set;

– press buttons ▲ or ▼ (by single press-es) to select the new setting;

– press briefly button MODE to store thenew setting and to go back to the previ-ously selected menu option.

Selecting an option in the main menu withsubmenu:

– press briefly button MODE to displaythe first submenu option;

– press buttons ▲ or ▼ (by single press-es) to scroll all submenu options;

– press briefly button MODE to selectthe displayed submenu option and to en-ter the relevant setup menu;


– press briefly button MODE to store thenew setting and to go back to the previ-ously selected submenu option.


24

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSDay

Year MonthEnglish

Portugês

Español

Français

Deutsch

Italiano

BELT BUZZERHEADL. SENSOR

SET TIME

SET DATE

SEE RADIOAUTOCLOSE

UNITS

LANGUAGE

BUZZER VOLUME

BUTTON VOL.

SERVICE

Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from the standard screen.To surf the menu use buttons ▲ or ▼. Note For safety reasons, whenthe car is running, it is possible to access only the reduced menu (forsetting “Dimmer” and “Speed Beep”). When the car is stationary accessto the whole menu is enabled. On cars provided with Radionavigatormany functions are displayed on the navigator display.

MODEbriefly press button

Example:

fig. 24

F0Q3253g

TRIP B DATA

SPEED BEEP

DIMMEREXIT MENU

Nederlands

MODEbriefly press button PASSENGER AIRBAG


25

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSRECONFIGURABLEMULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (for versions/markets, where provided)

The car can be provided with the recon-figurable multifunction display that showsuseful information, according to the previ-ous settings made, necessary when driving.

INFORMATION ON“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 23

The standard screen shows the followingindications:A ClockB DateC Sport function indication (for ver-

sions/markets, where provided)D Odometer (covered km or miles)E State indicator (e.g. doors open, ice on

road, etc.)/Start&Stop function indica-tor (for versions/markets, where pro-vided)/ Gear Shift Indicator (for ver-sions/markets, where provided)

F Headlight aiming position (only withdipped beam headlights on)

G External temperature

Rotating the starter’s key into MAR po-sition, the main page will be displayed al-so showing the date fig. 23 or the boost-ing pressure of the turbocharger fig. 24depending on the set-up selected from themenu, caption “Homepage” (“Date” of“Engine Info”).

CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 25

▲ To scroll the display and the relatedoptions upwards or to increase thevalue displayed.

MODE Brief press to open the menuand/or to move to next screen or to con-firm the option required.

Long press to go back to the standardscreen.

fig. 25 F0Q0643m

fig. 23 F0Q3241g fig. 24 F0Q0041m

▼ To scroll the display and the relatedoptions downwards or to decrease thevalue displayed.


26

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Note Buttons ▲ and ▼ activate differentfunctions according to the following situ-ations:

– to scroll the menu options upwards anddownwards;

– to increase or to decrease values duringsettings.

Note When opening one of the frontdoors the display will show for a few sec-onds the clock and covered km or miles.

GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR

The GSI system (Gear Shift Indicator) sug-gests to shift gear by showing an indicationon the control panel (see fig. 26).

Shifting when indicated by GSI will help thedriver save fuel.

When the SHIFT UP icon (Q SHIFT) ap-pears on the display, the GSI is suggest-ing to select a higher gear and when theSHIFT DOWN (Z SHIFT) icon it is sug-gesting that a lower gear should be se-lected. Note The indication on the instrument

panel stays on until the driver shifts or un-til the driving conditions return to a situ-ation in which shifting is not required toreduce consumption.

fig. 26 F0Q3242g


27

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSSETUP MENU fig. 26

The menu comprises a series of functionsarranged in a “circular fashion” which canbe selected through buttons ▲ and ▼ toaccess the different select operations andsettings (setup) given below. For certainoptions (Set time and Units) there is a sub-menu.

The setup menu can be activated by press-ing briefly button MODE.

Single presses on buttons ▲ or ▼ willscroll the setup menu options. Handlingmodes differ with each other according tothe characteristic of the option selected.

If the car is equipped with Radionavigator,the only functions that can be adjusted/setthrough the instrument panel display arethe following: “Dimmer”, “Speed Beep”,“Headl. sensor” (for versions/markets,where provided), “Belt buzzer” and “Pas-senger bag”. The other functions are dis-played by and can be adjusted/set throughthe Radionavigator system display.

Selecting an option in the main menu without submenu:

– press briefly button MODE to selectthe menu option to set;


– press briefly button MODE to store thenew setting and to go back to the previ-ously selected menu option.

Selecting an option in the main menu withsubmenu:

– press briefly button MODE to displaythe first submenu option;

– press buttons ▲ or ▼ (by single press-es) to scroll all submenu options;

– press briefly button MODE to selectthe displayed submenu option and to en-ter the relevant setup menu;


– press briefly button MODE to store thenew setting and to go back to the previ-ously selected submenu option.


28

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Example:Day

Year MonthEnglish

Portugês

Español

Français

Deutsch

Italiano

BELT BUZZER

SPEED BEEP

HEADL. SENSOR

SET TIME

SET DATE

SEE RADIO

AUTOCLOSEUNITS

LANGUAGE

BUZZER VOLUME

BUTTON VOL.


fig. 26

SERVICE

F0Q3280g

TRIP B DATA

DIMMER EXIT MENU

PASSENGER AIRBAG

Nederlands

Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from the standard screen.To surf the menu use buttons ▲ or ▼. Note For safety reasons, whenthe car is running, it is possible to access only the reduced menu (forsetting “Dimmer” and “Speed Beep”). When the car is stationary accessto the whole menu is enabled. On cars provided with Radionavigatormany functions are displayed on the navigator display.

FIRST PAGE



29

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Speed Beep (Speed limit)

With this function it is possible to set thecar speed limit (km/h or mph); when thislimit is exceeded the driver is immediate-ly alerted (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).

To set the speed limit, proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE, the displaywill show wording (Speed Beep);

– press button ▲ or ▼ to select activa-tion (On) or deactivation (Off) of thespeed limit;

– if selecting (On), press button ▲ or ▼to select the required speed limit and thenpress MODE to confirm.

Note The possible setting is between 30and 200 km/h, or between 20 and 125mph depending on the unit set previous-ly (see “Distance unit (Dist. Unit)” para-graph described later. Every press on but-ton ▲/▼ increases/decreases by 5 units.Keeping the button ▲/▼ pressed obtainsthe automatic fast increase or decrease.When you are near the required settingcomplete adjustment by single presses.

– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.

To cancel the setting, proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE: (On) willflash on the display;

– press button ▼: (Off) will flash on thedisplay;


Dimmer (Passenger compartmentcontrol light rheostat) (only with side/taillights on)

With this function it is possible to adjustbrightness of the instrument panel and ofbuttons and controls of sound system andautomatic climate control system (whereprovided) according to 8 levels (for ver-sions/markets, where provided).

To adjust brightness proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE, the previ-ously set level will flash on the display;

– press button ▲ or ▼ to adjust thebrightness level;


DISPLAY FUNCTIONS (see Multifunctional Display or Reconfigurable Multifunctional Display)


30

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Headl. sensor (Automatic/dusk sensor headlightssensitivity adjustment) (for versions/markets, where provided)

This function enables the headlights tocome on or go off depending on externallighting conditions.

The sensitivity of the dusk sensor can beadjusted according to 3 levels (level 1=minimum sensitivity, level 2= average sen-sitivity, level 3= maximum sensitivity); thegreater the sensitivity set, the less the ex-ternal light variation needed to controlturning on the lights (e.g. with a level 3 set-ting at sunset the headlights are expect-ed to come on in respect of levels 1 and2).

To set the light level required, proceed asfollows:

– briefly press button MODE, the previ-ously set level will flash on the display;

– press button ▲ or ▼ to select the re-quired level;


Trip B data (Trip On/Off)

Through this option it is possible to acti-vate (On) or deactivate (Off) the Trip B(partial trip).

For further information see “Trip com-puter”.

For activation / deactivation, proceed asfollows:

– briefly press button MODE: On or Offwill flash on the display according to pre-vious setting;



Set time (Setting the clock)

This function enables to set the clockthrough two sub-menus: “Time” and“Mode”.Proceed as follows:– briefly press button MODE, the displaywill show the two submenus “Time” and“Mode”;– press button ▲ or ▼ to scroll the twosubmenus;– select the required submenu and thenpress briefly MODE;– if selecting “Time”: briefly press buttonMODE, “hours” will flash on the display;– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;– press button MODE, “minutes” willflash on the display;– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting.


31

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSNote Every press on button ▲ or ▼ in-creases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping thebutton pressed obtains automatic fast in-crease or decrease. When you are nearthe required setting complete adjustmentby single presses.– if selecting “Mode”: briefly press but-ton MODE, “24h” or “12h mode willflash on the display;– press button ▲ or ▼ to select “24h” or“12h”.

After setting, briefly press button MODEto go back to the submenu screen orpress the button for long to go back to themain menu screen without storing set-tings.

– press again button MODE for long togo back to the standard screen or to themain menu according to the current menulevel.

Set date (Setting the date)

This function enables to update the date(day – month – year).

To correct the date proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE: “year” willflash on the display;

– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting;

– briefly press button MODE: “month”will flash on the display;


– briefly press button MODE: “day” willflash on the display;

– press button ▲ or ▼ for setting.

Note Every press on button ▲ or ▼ in-creases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping thebutton pressed obtains automatic fast in-crease or decrease. When you are nearthe required setting complete adjustmentby single presses.


First page (information displayedin the main screen)

This function enables to select the type ofinformation displayed in the main screen.It is possible to display the date or thepressure of the turbo-compressor.

To select one of the two items, proceedas follows:

– push the button MODE for a shorttime, “First page” is displayed;

– press again the button MODE for ashort time to display the “Date” and “En-gine Info” options;

– press ▲ or ▼ to select the type of in-formation to be displayed in the mainscreen;

– press MODE for a short time to storethe selection and return to the previousscreen or press the button for a longertime to return to the standard screenwithout storing the selection.

Rotating the ignition key on MAR, the re-configurable multifunctional display, afterthe start-up check, displays the previous-ly set information using the “First page”function of the menu.


32

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS See radio (Audio repetition)

With this function the display repeats in-formation relevant to the sound system.

– Radio: selected radio station frequencyor RDS message, automatic tuning acti-vation or AutoSTore;

– audio CD, MP3 CD: track number;

– CD Changer: CD number and tracknumber;

To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off)sound system info displaying proceed asfollows:




Autoclose (Automatic centraldoor locking when travelling)

When activated (On), this function locksautomatically the doors when the carspeed exceeds 20 km/h.

To activate or to deactivate this functionproceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE to displaythe submenu;



– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings;

– Press again button MODE for long togo back to the standard screen or to themain menu according to the current menulevel.

Units (Setting units)

With this function it is possible to set theunits through three submenus: “Dis-tances”, “Consumption” and “Tempera-ture”.

To set the required unit proceed as fol-lows:

– briefly press button MODE, the displaywill show the three submenus;

– press button ▲ or ▼ to scroll the threesubmenus;

– select the required submenu and thenpress briefly button MODE;

– if selecting “Distances”: pressing buttonMODE briefly, the display will show “km”or “mi” according to previous setting;


– if selecting “Consumption”: briefly pressbutton MODE the display will show“km/l”, “l/100km” or “mpg” according toprevious setting;


33

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIf the distance unit set is “km” the fuel con-sumption unit will be displayed in km/l orl/100km.

If set unit is “mi” the display will show fu-el consumption in “mpg”.


– if selecting “Temperature”: pressing but-ton MODE briefly, the display will show“°C” or “°F” according to previous set-ting;


After setting, briefly press button MODEto go back to the submenu screen orpress the button for long to go back to themain menu screen without storing set-tings.

– press again button MODE for long togo back to the standard screen or to themain menu according to the current menulevel.

Language (Selecting the language)

Display messages can be shown (after set-ting) in different languages: Italian, German, English, Spanish, French, Portuguese andDutch.

To set the required language proceed asfollows:

– briefly press button MODE: the previ-ously set “language” will flash on the dis-play;



Buzzer volume (Setting the buzzer volume)

With this function the volume of thebuzzer accompanying any failure/warningindication can be adjusted according to 8levels.

To adjust the volume proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE: the previ-ously set volume “level” will flash on thedisplay;




34

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Button vol.(Adjusting the button volume)

With this function the volume of theroger-beep accompanying the activationof buttons MODE, ▲ and ▼ can be ad-justed according to 8 levels.

To adjust the volume proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE: the previ-ously set volume “level” will flash on thedisplay;



Belt Buzzer (S.B.R. buzzer reactivation)

This function can be only displayed afterFiat Dealership has deactivated the S.B.R.system (see paragraph “S.B.R. system” insection “Safety devices”).

Service (Scheduled Servicing)

Through this function it is possible to dis-play information connected to proper carservicing.

Proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE: service inkm or mi, according to previous setting,will be displayed (see paragraph “Distanceunit”);


Note The “Service schedule” includes carmaintenance every 30,000 km (or 18,000miles) or every year; this is shown auto-matically, with the ignition key at MAR,starting from 2,000 km (or equivalent val-ue in miles) or 30 days from this deadlineand it is shown again every 200 km (orequivalent value in miles). Below 200 kmservicing indications are displayed morefrequently. Servicing indication will be dis-played in km or mi according to previoussetting. When a programmed maintenanceinterval (coupon) is near to come, turningthe ignition key to MAR, the display willshow the message “Service” followed bythe number of km/mi or days to go beforecar servicing. Contact a Fiat Dealership tocarry out any service operation providedby the “Service schedule” and to reset thedisplay.


35

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Passenger’s Bag (Front passenger’s air bag and sidebag, activation/ deactivation)

This function shall be used to activate/ de-activate the front passenger’s air bag.

Proceed as follows:

– press button MODE and, after display-ing of messages (Bag pass: Off) (to deac-tivate) or (Bag pass: On) (to activate) bypressing buttons ▲ and ▼, press againbutton MODE;

– display will show the confirmation mes-sage;

– press buttons ▲ or ▼ to select (Yes)(to confirm activation/deactivation) or(No) (to abort);

– briefly press button MODE, to displaythe confirmation message and to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.

MODEMODE

MODE

F0Q

3250

gF0

Q32

48g

F0Q

3249

g

MODE

F0Q

3281

gF0

Q32

82g

F0Q

3283

g

▲▼

▲▼

▲▼

▲▼


36

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Cornerning light(activation/deactivation of“Cornering lights”) (for versions/markets, where provided)This function makes it possible to acti-vate/deactivate the “Cornering lights” (seethe description in the “Exterior lights”paragraph).

Proceed as follows to activate/deactivatethe lights (ON/OFF):

– press the MODE button briefly, the dis-play will show On or Off flashing depend-ing on the previous setting;

– press the ▲ or ▼ button to make theselection;

– press the MODE button briefly to re-turn to the menu screen or press the but-ton for longer to return to the standardscreen without memorizing.

Exit Menu

This is the last function that closes the cir-cular setting cycle listed in the initial menuscreen.

Briefly press button MODE to go back tothe standard screen without storing set-tings.

Press button ▼ to return to the firstmenu option (Speed Beep).

TRIP COMPUTER

General features

The “Trip computer” displays information(with ignition key at MAR), relating to theoperating status of the car. This functioncomprises two separate and independenttrips: “Trip A” and “Trip B” concerningthe “complete mission” of the car (jour-ney).

Both functions are resettable (reset - startof new mission).

“Trip A” shall be used to display the fig-ures relating to:

– Range

– Trip distance

– Average consumption

– Instant consumption

– Average speed

– Travel time (driving time).

“Trip B” displays the figures relating to:

– Trip distance B

– Average consumption B

– Average speed B

– Travel time B (driving time).

Note “Trip B” function can be excluded(see paragraph “Trip B On/Off”). “Range”and “Instant consumption” cannot be re-set.

Values displayed

Range

This indicates the approximate distancewhich can be travelled with the presentamount of fuel in the tank. The display willshow the reading “- - - -“ when the fol-lowing events take place:

– value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi)

– car left parked with engine running forlong.


37

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIMPORTANT The variation of the auton-omy value can be influenced by differentfactors: driving style (see what is describedin paragraph “Driving style” in the chap-ter “Start-up and driving”), type of route(highways, urban, mountain, etc…), useconditions of the car (load transported,tire pressure, etc…). What was describedpreviously must be taken in considerationwhen planning a trip.

Trip distance

This value shows the distance coveredfrom the start of the new mission.

Average consumption

This value shows the average consump-tion from the start of the new mission.

Instant consumption

Represents the indicative average of con-sumptions from the beginning of the newmission.

Average speedThis value shows the car average speed asa function of the overall time elapsed sincethe start of the new mission.

Travel time

This value shows the time elapsed sincethe start of the new mission.

TRIP button fig. 26b

The TRIP button, set on right steeringcolumn stalk, shall be used (with ignitionkey at MAR), to display and to reset thepreviously described values to start a newmission:– short push to display the different values;– long push to reset and then start a newmission.

New mission

Reset can be:– “manual” resetting by the user, by press-ing the relevant button;– “automatic” resetting, when the “tripdistance” reaches 9999,9 km or when the“trip time” reaches 99.59 (99 hours and59 minutes);– after disconnecting/reconnecting thebattery.

IMPORTANT The reset operation in thepresence of the screens concerning the“Trip A” makes it possible to reset onlythe information associated with this func-tion.

IMPORTANT The reset operation in thepresence of the screens concerning the“Trip B” makes it possible to reset onlythe information associated with this func-tion.

Start of journey procedure

With ignition key at MAR, press and keepbutton TRIP pressed for over 2 secondsto reset.

Exit Trip

The TRIP function is quitted automati-cally after all values have been displayed orby keeping button MODE pressed forover 1 second.

fig. 26b F0Q0647m


38

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

fig. 27 F0Q0654m

Fabric upholstery of your caris purpose-made to withstandcommon wear resulting fromnormal use of the car. It is

however absolutely necessary to pre-vent hard and/or prolonged scratch-ing/scraping caused by clothing acces-sories like metallic buckles, studs, “Vel-cro” fixings, etc. that stressing locallythe fabric could break yarns and dam-age the upholstery as a consequence.

Only make adjustments whenthe car is stationary.

Once you have released thelever, check that the seat isfirmly locked in the runners bytrying to move it back and

forth. Failure to lock the seat in placecould result in the seat moving sud-denly and the driver losing control ofthe car.

SEATS

MANUALLY ADJUSTABLEFRONT SEATS fig. 27

Moving the seat backwards or forwards

Lift the lever A (on the internal side of theseat) and push the seat forwards or back-wards: in driving position the arms shouldrest on the rim of the steering wheel.

Seat height adjustment

Move repeatedly lever B upwards ordownwards to achieve the requiredheight.

IMPORTANT Adjustment must be car-ried out only seated in the seat.

Back rest angle adjustment

Turn the knob C.

Lumbar adjustment (for versions/markets, where provided)

To adjust, turn the knob D.


39

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLEFRONT SEATS fig. 28(for versions/markets, where provided)

Adjustment is possible when the ignitionkey is at MAR or within 1 minute with ig-nition key at STOP or removed.

When opening one of the front doors, itis possible to adjust the seat on the sideof the door opened for about 3 minutesor until closing the door.

Seat adjustment controls are the following:

Multifunction control A:

❒ to adjust height;

❒ to move seat backwards or forwards.

Multifunction control B:

❒ back rest angle adjustment;

❒ lumbar adjustment.fig. 28 F0Q0601m

Seat warming fig. 29(for versions/markets, where provided)

With ignition key at MAR, press buttonsC to switch the seat warming on/off.

The led on the button will light up whenthe function is on.

fig. 29 F0Q0013m


40

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS HEAD RESTRAINTS

FRONT

Head restraints are adjustable in heightand they lock automatically in the requiredposition.

❒ to raise: raise the head restraint untilhearing the locking click.

❒ to lower: press button A-fig. 30 andlower the head restraint.

On some versions, the front head re-straints are equipped with an anti-whiplashdevice, which is able to reduce the dis-tance between the head and head restraintin the case of rear impact, limiting damagecaused by whiplash.

If the front head restraint is anti-whiplashtype, the head restraint may move if pres-sure is exercised on the back-rest throughthe torso or hand. This behaviour is typ-ical of the system and should not treatedas a malfunction.

REAR

Car is can be equipped with two head restraints for side seats and, according toversions, also with a third head restraintfor the central seat.

To lift out head restraint: take it com-pletely out from the seat back (position ofuse) until hearing a click.

To bring it back to the original position(non-use position): press button A-fig. 31and lower the head restraint down into itsseat.

IMPORTANT Rear seat passengers shallalways set the head restraints in the po-sition of use.

fig. 30 F0Q0655m

Remember that the head re-straints should be adjusted

to support the back of your head andnot your neck. Only in this positiondo they exert their protective action.

WARNING

To optimise head restraintprotective action, adjust the

seat back upright and keep your headas close as possible to the head re-straint.

WARNING

fig. 31 F0Q0656m


41

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSSTEERING WHEEL

The steering wheel can be adjusted bothaxially and in height.

Release the lever A-fig. 32 pulling it to-wards the steering wheel, then adjust it inthe most suitable position and lock it push-ing the lever A fully forwards.

It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out whatever after-


WARNING

Any adjustment of the steer-ing wheel position must be

carried out only with the car station-ary and the engine turned off.

WARNING

REARVIEW MIRRORS

DRIVING MIRROR

The mirror is fitted with a safety devicethat causes it to be released in the eventof a violent crash.Using lever A-fig. 33 the mirror can beadjusted to two different positions: nor-mal or antiglare.

fig. 32 F0Q0657m

fig. 33 F0Q0659m


42

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

DOOR MIRRORS

Manual folding

When required (for example when themirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)it is possible to fold the mirror moving itfrom position A-fig. 34 to position B.

When driving the mirrors shallalways be in position A-fig. 34.

As the driver’s door mirror iscurved, it may slightly alter theperception of distance.

Electric folding (for versions/markets, where provided)

This operation is only possible with igni-tion key at MAR.Proceed as follows:❒ set selector A-fig. 36 to home position

(no mirror selected);❒ to fold the mirror move the joystick

B-fig. 36 in side directions;❒ to bring mirrors back to driving posi-

tion press the joystick B again.

fig. 34 F0Q00658m fig. 35 F0Q0623m fig. 36 F0Q0425m

Electrical adjustment

This operation is only possible with igni-tion key at MAR.

Proceed as follows:

❒ use switch A-fig. 35 to select the mir-ror required (left or right);

❒ to adjust the mirror move the joystickB in the four directions.


43

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSHEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Upper fixed vent for defrosting or demisting windscreen - 2. Centre adjustable vent -3. Fixed vents for defrosting or demistingside windows - 4. Side adjustable and swivel vents - 5. Lower vents - 6. Rear adjustable and swivel outlet - 7. Rear feet area fixedvents.

fig. 37F0Q0668m


44

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

SIDE SWIVEL OUTLETS ANDVENTS fig. 38-39

A - Fixed vent for side windows.

B - Air flow adjusting control:

ç = completely closed

O = completely open.

C - Control for directing air flow(up/down, right/left).

CENTRAL VENTS fig. 40

A - Controls for directing air flow(up/down, right/left).

B - Air flow adjusting controls:



REAR VENT fig. 41(for versions/markets, where provided)

A - Controls for directing air flow(up/down, right/left).

B - Air flow adjusting control:



Certain versions feature an oddment com-partment instead of the rear vent.

fig. 39 F0Q0625m

fig. 40 F0Q0627m fig. 41 F0Q0750mfig. 38 F0Q0626m


45

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSHEATING AND VENTILATION

CONTROLS fig. 42

A: Air temperature knob (mixing hot andcold air)

B: Heated rear window on/off button

C: Fan knob

D: Air recirculation on/off button

E: Air distribution knob.

WARMING THE PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT

Proceed as follows:

❒ knob pointer A in the red section;

❒ knob pointer C on required speed;

❒ turn the knob E to:

≤to warm the feet and at the sametime demist the windscreen

μ to warm the feet and keep the facecool (“bilevel” function)

w to warm the feet of the passengersin the front and rear seats

❒ air recirculation off (button led Toff).

FRONT WINDOW FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING

Proceed as follows:

❒ rotate completely knob A to the right;

❒ turn knob C to -;

❒ turn knob E to -;


After demisting/defrosting use commoncontrols to maintain the optimum condi-tions of visibility and comfort.

F0Q0609mfig. 42


46

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Preventive demisting procedure

In the event of considerable outside mois-ture and/or rain and/or considerable dif-ferences in temperature inside and out-side the passenger compartment, performthe following preventive demisting proce-dure:

❒ air recirculation off (button led Toff);

❒ knob A turned to red section;

❒ turn knob C to 2nd speed;

❒ turn knob E to - or to ≤ if the win-dows do not demist.

HEATED REAR WINDOW AND DOOR MIRRORDEMISTING/DEFROSTING

Pressing button ( turns on this functionwhich is shown by the turning on of theled on the button (.

This function is timed and switches off au-tomatically after 20 minutes. To cut outthis function press again button (.

IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers onthe inside of the rear window over theheating filaments to avoid damage thatmight cause it to stop working properly.

FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT

To ventilate the passenger’s compartmentproperly, proceed as follows:

❒ Central and side vents: completelyopen;

❒ Knob pointer A on blue section;


❒ Knob pointer E to ¥;


AIR RECIRCULATION

Pressing button T turns on this func-tion which is shown by the turning on ofthe led on the button. This function is par-ticularly useful when the outside air isheavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tunnel,etc.). However, it is better not to use itfor long periods, especially if there are sev-eral people in the car.

IMPORTANT The inside air recirculationsystem makes it possible to reach the re-quired “heating” or “cooling” conditionsfaster. Do not use the air recirculationfunction on rainy/cold days as it wouldconsiderably increase the possibility of thewindows misting inside.

SUPPLEMENTARY HEATER(for versions/markets, where provided)

This device heats up the passenger com-partment more rapidly in cold weatherconditions with the engine coolant tem-perature very low.

The additional heater is activated auto-matically by starting the engine, turningknob A to the last red sector and oper-ating the fan (knob C) on at least firstspeed.

The radiator is turned off automaticallywhen conditions of comfort are achieved.

IMPORTANT heater activation is pre-vented if the battery voltage is too low.


47

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSMANUAL CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM (for versions/markets, where provided)

CONTROLS fig. 43

A: Air temperature knob (mixing hot andcold air)

B: Heated rear window on/off button

C: Fan knob

D: Compressor on/off switch

E: Air recirculation on/off button

F: Air distribution knob.

WARMING THE PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT

Proceed as follows:

❒ knob pointer A in the red section;

❒ knob pointer C on required speed;❒ turn knob F to:

≤ to warm the feet and at the same timedemist the windscreen

μ to warm the feet and keep the facecool (“bilevel” function)

w to warm the feet of the front and rearpassengers.


F0Q0610mfig. 43


48

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS FRONT WINDOW FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING

Proceed as follows:

❒ press button ❄;

❒ rotate completely knob A to the right;

❒ turn knob C to -;

❒ turn knob F to -;


After demisting/defrosting use commoncontrols to maintain the optimum condi-tions of visibility and comfort.

Preventive demisting procedure

In the event of considerable outside mois-ture and/or rain and/or considerable dif-ferences in temperature inside and out-side the passenger compartment, performthe following preventive demisting proce-dure:

❒ press button ❄;

❒ air recirculation off (button led Toff);

❒ knob A turned to red section;

❒ turn knob C to 2nd speed;

❒ turn knob F to - or to ≤ if the win-dows do not demist.

Climate control system is very useful tospeed up demisting since it dehumidifiesthe air. Set controls to demisting functionand switch on the climate control systemby pressing button ❄.


Pressing button ( turns on this functionwhich is shown by the turning on of theled on the button (.



FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT

To ventilate the passenger’s compartmentproperly, proceed as follows:

❒ Central and side vents: completelyopen;



❒ Knob pointer F to ¥;



49

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSAIR RECIRCULATION

Pressing button T turns on this func-tion which is shown by the turning on ofthe led on the button.

This function is particularly useful whenthe outside air is heavily polluted (in a traf-fic jam, tunnel, etc.) However, it is betternot to use it for long periods, especiallyif there are several people in the car.

IMPORTANT The inside air recirculationsystem makes it possible to reach the re-quired “heating” or “cooling” conditionsfaster. Do not use the air recirculationfunction on rainy/cold days as it wouldconsiderably increase the possibility of thewindows misting inside.

CLIMATE CONTROL (cooling)

Proceed as follows:



❒ Knob pointer F to ¥;

❒ Press buttons ❄ and T (button ledson).

Cooling adjustment

Proceed as follows:

❒ Turn off button T (button led off);

❒ turn knob A to the right to raise tem-perature;

❒ Turn knob C to the left to reduce thefan speed.



The additional heater is activated auto-matically by starting the engine, turningknob A to the last red sector and oper-ating the fan (knob C) on at least firstspeed.



LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM

During winter, the climate control systemmust be turned on at least once a monthfor about 10 minutes. Before summer,have the system checked at a Fiat Deal-ership.


50

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

F0Q0611mfig. 44

AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM (for versions/markets, where provided)

DESCRIPTION

The car is fitted with a two-zone climatecontrol system which makes it possible toseparately adjust the air temperature onthe driver’s side and on the passenger’sside.

The system is fitted with the AQS func-tion (Air Quality System) that turns on in-side air recirculation automatically whenthe antipollution sensor detects the pres-ence of outside polluted air (for examplewhen driving in the city, queues and tun-nels).

CONTROLS fig. 44

A: Button for selecting the system auto-matic mode (AUTO) and knob to ad-just temperature on driver side

B: Air distribution selection button

C: Display showing climate control sys-tem data

D: Knob for adjusting fan speed

E: Button for aligning the temperatureset on the passenger’s side with thaton the driver’s side (MONO) andknob to adjust temperature on pas-senger side

F: Two-zone climate control on/off but-ton

G: Rear window heating on/off button

H: MAX-DEF function button (front win-dow fast defrosting/demisting)

I: Passenger compartment temperaturesensor

L: Inside air recirculation and AQS func-tion on/off button

M: Climate control compressor on/offbutton


51

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSSWITCHING THE CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM ON

The system can be started by pressing anybutton, but it is advisable to set the tem-peratures required on the display; then press button AUTO.

It is possible to personalise required tem-peratures (driver and passenger) with amaximum difference of 7°C.

The climate control system compressorworks only with the engine running andoutside temperature over 4°C.

It is possible to personalise the choicesmade automatically by the system inter-vening manually on the following controls:

❒ fan speed adjustment knob;

❒ air distribution selection button;

❒ inside air recirculation and AQS func-tion on/off button;

❒ climate control compressor button.

It is inadvisable to use air re-circulation on rainy/cold

days as it would considerably increasethe possibility of windows misting upinside.

WARNING

HOW TO USE THEAUTOMATIC FUNCTION(AUTO)

Press button AUTO; the system will au-tomatically adjust:

❒ air inlet in the passenger’s compart-ment;

❒ air distribution in the passenger’s com-partment;

thus cancelling all the previous manual ad-justments.

When the climate control system is work-ing automatically, FULL AUTO is dis-played.


52

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT

To adjust the fan speed, press button p.

The 12 selectable speeds are shown by thelighting up of the bars on the climate con-trol system display:

❒ max fan speed = all bars lit

❒ min fan speed = one bar lit.

The fan can be cut off (all bars off) only ifthe climate control compressor has beenswitched off pressing button ❄.

To restore automatic fan speed control,after a manual adjustment, press buttonAUTO.

FAST FRONT WINDOW DEMISTING/DEFROSTING (MAX-DEF function)

Pressing button - the climate controlautomatically activates timed operation ofall the functions required to quickendemisting/defrosting of the windscreenand front side windows, i.e.:

❒ switches on climate control compres-sor (if outside temperature exceeds4°C);

❒ switches off inside air recirculation, ifon (button led T off);

❒ switches on heated rear window (but-ton led - on) and door mirror coils;

❒ sets max air temperature;

❒ activates proper air flow.


Pressing button ( activates this function.When this function is on, the button ledis on.



IMPORTANT Press button T to ob-tain outside air inlet into passenger com-partment (in this event the button led isoff).


53

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSAQS (Air Quality System) function activation

The AQS function, (message AQS on thedisplay), turns on air recirculation auto-matically when it detects the presence ofoutside polluted air (for example whendriving in queues and tunnels).

IMPORTANT When the AQS function isactive, after 15 minutes of consecutive in-ternal air recirculation, the climate con-trol system enables outside air inlet (re-gardless of air pollution level) for approx.1 minute to change air inside the passen-ger compartment.

INSIDE AIR RECIRCULATIONON/OFF AND AQS FUNCTION(Air Quality System) BUTTON

Press button T.

Inside air recirculation is controlled bythree operating logics:

❒ automatic control, indicated by messageAQS on the display and button ledT off;

❒ forced switching off (inside air recircu-lation always off with air inlet from out-side), button led T off;

❒ forced switching on (inside air recircu-lation always on with air inlet from out-side), button led T on.

Pressing button OFF, the climate controlsystem turns on automatically the insideair recirculation function (button ledT on). In these conditions it is how-ever possible to take air from the outside(and vice versa) pressing button T(button led off).

With button OFF pressed (button led on),the AQS (Air Quality System) functioncannot be activated.

IMPORTANT The inside air recirculationsystem makes it possible to reach the re-quired “heating” or “cooling” conditionsfaster. It is however inadvisable to use iton rainy/cold days as it would consider-ably increase the possibility of the win-dows misting inside, especially if the cli-mate control system is off. It is advisableto turn on the inside air recirculation sys-tem in queues or tunnels to avoid admit-ting polluted air from outside. The pro-longed use of this function should how-ever be avoided, especially with severalpersons on board, to avoid the possibili-ty of the windows misting inside.


54

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS ALIGNMENT OF SETTEMPERATURES (MONO function)

Pressing button MONO automaticallyaligns the temperature on the passenger’sside with that on the driver’s side.

Turn the knob AUTO or MONO toraise/reduce the temperature between thetwo zones by the same value.

Press again MONO to disable the func-tion.

CLIMATE CONTROLCOMPRESSOR ON/OFF

Press button ❄ to switch on the climatecontrol compressor.

Compressor on

❒ button led ❄ on;

❒ symbol ❄ on the display, lit.

Compressor off

❒ button led ❄ off;

❒ symbol ❄ on the display, off;

❒ inside air recirculation off;

❒ AQS function disabled.

With the climate control compressor off,it is not possible to admit air to the pas-senger compartment with a temperaturebelow the outside temperature; in thiscase symbol ò flashes on the display.

The switching off of the climate controlcompressor remains in storage even whenthe engine has been stopped. To restoreautomatic control for switching on the cli-mate control compressor, press button ❄or AUTO, in which case, the other man-ual settings set will be cancelled.

AIR DISTRIBUTION SELECTION

Pressing one or more buttons Q/E/Z itis possible to choose manually 7 of thepossible air distributions to the passengercompartment:

Q Air flow to the windscreen andfront side window vents to demistor defrost them.

Z Air flow towards the front andrear lower parts of the passengercompartment. This type of distri-bution allows heating of the pas-senger compartment in the short-est time.

QZE

Splitting of the air flow betweenfront and rear vents, centre andside dashboard outlets, rear out-let, windscreen and front side win-dow demisting vents.

E Air flow to the dashboard centreand side outlets (passenger’sbody).


55

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSQ Splitting of the air flow betweenZ feet vents and windscreen and

front side window demisting/ de-frosting vents. This type of air dis-tribution allows satisfactory heat-ing of the passenger compartmentwhile preventing possible mistingof the windows.

E Splitting of the air flow betweenZ feet vents (warmest air) and the

dashboard centre and side outletsand the rear outlet (coolest air).

Q Splitting of the air flow betweenE centre and side dashboard outlets,

rear outlet and windscreen andside window demisting/defrostingvents. This type of air distributionallows satisfactory ventilation ofthe passenger compartment whilepreventing possible misting of thewindows.

IMPORTANT For operation of the cli-mate control system, at least one of but-tons Q/E/Z shall be activated. Deacti-vation of all buttons Q/E/Z is thereforenot enabled by the system.

IMPORTANT To switch the system onagain, press button OFF; this operation re-sets all operating conditions stored beforeswitching off.

To restore automatic air distribution con-trol after a manual selection, press buttonAUTO.



In the above climate conditions, the de-vice comes on automatically when the en-gine is started with at least one bar of thefan speed indicator lit up.



SWITCHING THE CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM OFF

Press button OFF.

The following information is displayed:

❒ writing OFF;

❒ outside temperature;

❒ inside air recirculation on (button ledT on).


56

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS EXTERNAL LIGHTS

The left-hand stalk fig. 45 controls the ex-ternal lights.

The external lights can only be switchedon when the ignition key is at MAR.

LIGHTS SWITCHED OFF

Knurled ring turned to O.

SIDELIGHTS

Turn the knurled ring to 6.

The warning light 3 on the instrumentpanel will turn on.

DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS

Turn the knurled ring to 2.


MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS

When the knurled ring is at 2 push thelever towards the dashboard (stable posi-tion).


To turn the main beams off, pull the stalktowards the steering wheel (dipped beamswill turn on again).

PARKING LIGHTS

These lights can only be turned on with ig-nition key at STOP or removed, by mov-ing the left stalk knurled ring first to O andthen to 6 or 2.Warning light 3 on the instrument pan-el will turn on. To select the right or leftlights use the direction indicator stalk.

FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTS

Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel(unstable position) regardless of the po-sition of the knurled ring.


fig. 45 F0Q0649m fig. 46 F0Q0650m

DIRECTION INDICATORS fig. 46

Push the stalk to (stable) position:

❒ up (position 1): right-hand direction in-dicator on

❒ down (position 2): left-hand directionindicator on

Warning light Î or ¥ will come on flash-ing on the instrument cluster at the sametime.

Indicators are switched off automaticallywhen the steering wheel is straightened.

“Lane change” function

If you want the indicator to flash briefly toshow that you are about to change lane,move the left stalk to unstable position forless than one second. The direction indi-cator of the side selected will flash 5 timesand then it will turn off automatically.


57

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSAUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTSSENSOR (daylight sensor) fig. 48(for versions/markets, where provided)

It detects the changes of the external lightintensity of the car according to the lightsensitivity set: greater is the sensitivity,smaller is the amount of external light nec-essary to control the switching-on of theexterior headlights. The daylight sensorsensitivity can be adjusted with the “Set-up Menu” of the instrument panel.

Activation

Turn the knurled ring to 2A : in this way,the automatic activation of theside/taillights and dipped beam headlightsare simultaneously enabled according tothe external luminosity.

During the sensor operation lights can on-ly be made flashing.

Deactivation

As a result of the sensor deactivation, themain beam headlights will switch off and,after about 10 seconds, sidelights willswitch off too.

The light sensor is not able to detect thefog presence, lights shall therefore beswitched on manually.

fig. 48 F0Q0652m

“Cornering lights”

With low beams on at a speed of less than40 km/h, when the steering wheel isturned through a large angle or upon ac-tivation of the direction indicator, a light(incorporated in the fog lamp) will comeon to expand the angle of night-time visi-bility on the side to which the vehicle isturned.

“FOLLOW ME HOME” DEVICE fig. 47

This function allows the illumination of thespace in front of the car for a preset pe-riod of time.

Activation

With the ignition key at STOP or re-moved, pull the stalk towards the steeringwheel and operate it within 2 minutesfrom when the engine is turned off.

At each single movement of the stalk, thestaying on of the lights is extended by 30seconds up to a maximum of 210 seconds;then the lights are switched off automati-cally.

Each time the lever is operated, the in-strument panel warning light 3 turnson (together with the message on the dis-play) (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).

Deactivation

Keep the stalk pulled towards the steer-ing wheel for more than 2 seconds.

fig. 47 F0Q0651m


58

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS WINDOW WASHING

WINDSCREEN WASHER/WIPER fig. 49

The device can only work when the igni-tion key is at MAR.

The stalk can be moved to five differentpositions:

A: windscreen wiper off.

B: flick wipe.

With the stalk in position B, turning theknurled ring F four possible intermittentspeeds are obtained:

, = very slow intermittent

■ = slow intermittent.

■■ = intermittent medium.

■■■ = fast intermittent.

C: continuous slow;

D: continuous fast;

E: fast temporary (unstable position).

Operation in position E is limited to thetime the lever is held in this position.When the lever is released, it returns toposition A automatically stopping thewiper.

fig. 49F0Q0645m

Never use the window wiperto remove ice or snow fromthe windscreen. In these con-ditions, the wiper is submitted

to excessive effort that results in mo-tor protection cutting in and wiper op-eration inhibition for few seconds as aconsequence. If operation is not re-stored contact Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT When the wiper is on, en-gaging reverse gear automatically turns onthe rear window wiper.

058-082 BRAVO GB.qxd 8-04-2010 10:17 Pagina 58

59

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

“Smart washing” function fig. 50

Pulling the lever towards the steeringwheel (unstable position) operates thewindscreen washer.

Keeping the stalk pulled, with just onemovement it is possible to operate thewasher jet and the wiper at the same time;indeed, the latter comes into action au-tomatically if the stalk is pulled for morethan half a second.

The wiper stops working a few strokes af-ter releasing the stalk; a further “cleaningstroke”, after a few seconds, completesthe wiping operation.

RAIN SENSOR (for versions/markets, where provided)

The rain sensor A-fig. 51 is behind thedriving mirror in contact with the wind-screen and has the purpose of automati-cally adjust, during the intermittent oper-ation, the frequency of the windscreenwiper strokes as to the rain intensity.

The sensor has a range of adjustment thatgradually varies between wiper stationary(no wiping) when the windscreen is dry,to wiper at first continuous speed (con-tinuous slow) with heavy rain.

fig. 50 F0Q0646m fig. 51 F0Q0014m

Activation

Move the right-hand stalk downwards byone position.

The activation of the rain sensor is sig-nalled by a control acquisition “stroke”.

IMPORTANT Keep clean the glass in thesensor area.

Turning the knurled ring F-fig. 49 it ispossible to increase the sensitivity of therain sensor, obtaining a quicker changefrom stationary (no wiping) when thewindscreen is dry, to first continuousspeed (continuous slow).

The increase of the sensitivity of the rainsensor is signalled by a control and acqui-sition “stroke”.

Operating the windscreen washer withthe rain sensor activated the normal wash-ing cycle is performed at the end of whichthe rain sensor resumes its normal auto-matic function.


60

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

REAR SCREEN WIPER/REAR SCREEN WASHER fig. 52

This operates only with the ignition turnedto MAR. Operation ceases when thelever is released.

When the wheel on the lever is turnedfrom position O to position ', the rearwiper operates as follows:

❒ in intermittent mode when the rearwiper is not in operation;

❒ in synchronous mode (at half the rateof the windscreen wiper) when thewindscreen wiper is working;

❒ in continuous mode, with reverse en-gaged and the control active.

With the windscreen wiper in operationand reverse engaged, continuous opera-tion of the rear screen wiper is also acti-vated. When the lever is pushed towardthe dashboard (unstable position), the rearwasher jet is also activated.

Never use the rear windowwiper to remove ice or snowfrom the rear window. In theseconditions, the wiper is sub-

mitted to excessive effort that resultsin motor protection cutting in andwiper operation inhibition for few sec-onds as a consequence. If operation isnot restored contact Fiat Dealership.

fig. 52 F0Q0653m

When the lever is held in this position forlonger than half a second, the rear wiperis also operated. When the lever is re-leased, smart washing is activated, as forthe windscreen wiper.

HEADLIGHT WASHER fig. 53(for versions/markets, where provided)Car headlight washers are “retractable”,i.e.: they are located inside the frontbumpers and they are activated (withdipped beam headlights and/or main beamheadlights on) when the windscreen wash-er is operated.IMPORTANT Check at regular intervalscorrect operation and cleanness of nozzles.

fig. 53 F0Q0018m

Do not activate the rain sen-sor when washing the car inan automatic washing station.

In the event of ice on thewindscreen, make sure to havedisconnected the device.

Make sure to have discon-nected the device when

cleaning the windscreen.

WARNING

Deactivation

Turn the ignition key to STOP.

At next engine starting (key at MAR), thesensor will not be reactivated even is thestalk is on B-fig. 49. In this event, to ac-tivate the rain sensor, you have to movethe stalk to A or C and then again to B.

When the rain sensor is again activated inthis way, at least one windscreen wiperstroke occurs, even if the windscreen isdry.


61

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

DEVICE ENGAGEMENT

Turn knurled ring A-fig. 54 to ON.

The device may only be engaged in 4th orhigher speeds. Travelling downhill with thedevice engaged, the car speed may in-crease more than the memorised one.

When the device is activated, the warninglight Ü on the instrument panel turns on(together with the message on the display)(see section “Warning lights and mes-sages”).

TO MEMORISE SPEED

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn the knurled ring A-fig. 54 to ONand press the accelerator pedal to therequired speed;

❒ turn the knurled ring B to (+) for atleast three seconds, then release it. Thecar speed is memorised and it is there-fore possible to release the acceleratorpedal.

In the case of need (when overtaking forinstance) acceleration is possible simplypressing the accelerator pedal: releasingthe accelerator pedal, the car will returnto the speed memorised previously.

fig. 54 F0Q0648m

CRUISE CONTROL(constant speedregulator) (for versions/markets, where provided)

It is a device able to support the driver,with electronic control, which allows dri-ving at speed over 30 km/h on long andstraight dry roads (e.g.: motorways), at adesired speed, without pressing the ac-celerator pedal.

Therefore it is not suggested to use thisdevice on extra-urban roads with traffic.Do not use it in town.


62

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Whilst driving with the de-vice on, do not place the

gear lever in neutral and do not movethe Dualogic gear lever into positionN or R.

WARNING

In the event of device mal-function or failure, turn the

knurled ring A-fig. 54 to OFF and con-tact a Fiat Dealership after checkingthe protection fuse integrity.

WARNING

TO RESET THE MEMORISED SPEED

If the device has been disengaged for ex-ample pressing the brake or clutch pedal,the memorised speed can be reset as fol-lows:

❒ accelerate gradually until reaching aspeed approaching the one memorised;

❒ engage the gear selected at the time ofspeed memorising (4th, 5th or 6th gear);

❒ press button C-fig. 54.

TO INCREASE THE MEMORISED SPEED

The speed memorised can be increased intwo ways:

❒ pressing the accelerator and then mem-orising the new speed reached;

or

❒ turning the knurled ring B-fig. 54 tem-porarily to (+).

Each turn of the knurled ring will corre-spond to a slight increase in speed (about1 km/h), while keeping the knurled ringturned will correspond to a continuousspeed increase.

TO REDUCE MEMORISED SPEED

The speed memorised can be increased intwo ways:

❒ disengaging the device and then mem-orising the new speed;

or

❒ keeping the knurled ring B-fig. 54 to(–) until reaching the new speed whichwill be memorised automatically.

Each turn of the knurled ring will corre-spond to a slight reduction in speed (about1 km/h), while keeping the knurled ringturned will correspond to a continuousspeed reduction.

DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT

Turn the knurled ring A-fig. 54 to OFFor the ignition key to STOP. The deviceis automatically deactivated also in one ofthe following cases:

❒ pressing the brake or clutch pedal;

❒ ASR or ESP cut-in (for versions/ mar-kets, where provided);

❒ changing gear on versions with a Dua-logic gearbox (for versions/markets,where provided), if in Manual mode

❒ inadvertently moving the Dualogic gearlever (for versions/markets, where pro-vided) to position N or R.


63

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCEILING LIGHTS

FRONT CEILING LIGHT WITH SPOT LIGHTS fig. 55

Switch A turns on/off the ceiling lights.

With switch A in central position, lightsC and D turn on/off when opening/closingthe front doors.

With switch A pressed on the left side,lights C and D will always stay off. Withswitch A pressed on the right side, lightsC and D will always stay on.

Light turning on/off is gradual.

Switch B performs the spot function; withceiling light off, it will turn on:

❒ light C if pressed on the left side;

❒ light D if pressed on the right side.

IMPORTANT Before getting out of thecar, make sure the switch is at central po-sition: lights off with doors closed in or-der to avoid draining the battery. In anycase, if the switch is left inadvertently tothe On position, the lights will turn off au-tomatically 15 minutes after turning theengine off.

Ceiling light timing

To facilitate getting in/out of the car atnight or with poor lighting, 2 differenttimed switching on modes have been provided.

Light timing when getting into the car

Lights will turn on as follows:

❒ for about 10 seconds when openingfront doors;

❒ for about 3 minutes when opening oneof the side doors;

❒ for about 10 seconds when closing thedoors.

Timing will stop when turning the ignitionkey to MAR.

fig. 55 F0Q0669m


64

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

fig. 56 F0Q0670m

Light timing when getting out of the car

After removing the key from the ignitionswitch, the ceiling lights will turn on as fol-lows:

❒ within 2 minutes from turning the en-gine off for about 10 seconds;

❒ when opening one of the side doors forabout 3 minutes;

❒ when closing one of the doors forabout 10 seconds.

❒ when fuel cut-off switch is activated,they stay on for about 15 minutes, andthen go off automatically.

Timing will stop automatically when lock-ing the doors (unless the fuel cut-offswitch has been activated).

fig. 57 F0Q0740m

REAR CEILING LIGHT

Versions without sunroof fig. 56

These versions are equipped with tworear ceiling lights.

To turn these lights on/off press at thepoint shown by the arrow (mark + on theceiling light lens).

When the front ceiling light is on, also therear ceiling lights will come on.

Versions with sunroof fig. 57

These versions are equipped with onlyone ceiling light.

To turn this light on/off press at the pointshown by the arrow (mark + on the ceil-ing light lens).

When the front ceiling light is on, also therear ceiling light will come on.


65

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

fig. 58 F0Q0637m

fig. 59 F0Q0636m

CONTROLS

HAZARD LIGHTS

They turn on by pressing switch A-fig. 58, regardless of the position of theignition key.When the function is active, warning lightsÎ and ¥ on the panel blink.To switch off, press again the button A.The use of hazard lights is governed by theHighway Code of the country you are in.Keep to the rules.

Emergency brakingIn the event of emergency braking theemergency lights automatically turn on andat the same time the lights Î and ¥ turnon on the dashboard. The function automatically turns off whenthe emergency braking stops. This function complies with the current ap-plicable laws.

FRONT FOG LIGHTS(for versions/markets, where provided)

To turn front fog lights on, press buttonB-fig. 59 to activate these lights it is nec-essary to have the side/taillights switchedon.

Press the button again to turn the lightsoff.

REAR FOG LIGHTS

To turn rear fog lights on, press button C-fig. 59, to activate these lights it is nec-essary to have the dipped beams or frontfog lights switched on.

Press the button again to turn the lightsoff.

FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCH fig. 60(as an alternative to the fuel cut offsystem, for versions/markets whereprovided)

It is located next to the passenger’s doorpost, at the bottom, and comes into op-eration in the case of a crash:

❒ cutting off fuel and switching off theengine;

❒ automatically unlocking the doors;

❒ switching on interior lights (for about15 minutes).

fig. 60 F0Q0638m


66

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

If, after a crash, you smell fu-el or see leaks from the fuel

system, do not reset the switch toavoid fire risk.

WARNING

If, after a crash, you smell fu-el or notice leaks from the

fuel system, do not reset the systemto avoid fire risk.

WARNING

When the switch comes into operation,the instrument panel warning light è orsymbol ° will turn on (together with themessage on the display) (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

Carefully inspect the car to find fuel leaks,e.g. in the engine compartment, under thecar or near the tank.

If no fuel leaks are found and the car canbe started again, press button A to resetthe fuel system and the lights.

After a crash, remember to turn the igni-tion key to STOP to prevent battery run-down.

FUEL CUT-OFF SYSTEM(as an alternative to the fuel cut offswitch, for versions/markets whereprovided)

This system intervenes in the event of acollision, activating:

❒ cut off of fuel supply with resultant en-gine shut down;

❒ automatic door lock release;

❒ activation of all lights inside the car.

The intervention of the system is indicat-ed by a message shown on the display.

Carefully check the car for fuel leaks, forinstance in the engine compartment, un-der the car or near the tank area.

Following a collision, turn the ignition keyto STOP to avoid draining the battery.

To reset car operation, follow this pro-cedure:

❒ turn the ignition key to MAR;

❒ activate the right-hand indicator;

❒ deactivate the right-hand indicator;

❒ activate the left-hand indicator;

❒ deactivate the left-hand indicator;

❒ activate the right-hand indicator;

❒ deactivate the right-hand indicator;

❒ activate the left-hand indicator;

❒ deactivate the left-hand indicator;

❒ turn the ignition key to STOP.


67

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Pay attention not to spill thedrinks: the food box bottomhowever is provided with a holeto drain spilled liquids, if any.

INTERIOR FITTINGS

FRONT ARMREST WITHODDMENT COMPARTMENT(for versions/markets, where provided)

It is located between the front seats. Anoddment compartment and a conditionedfood box (for versions/markets, whereprovided) are fitted inside the armrest(see next paragraphs).

The armrest can be adjusted longitudinal-ly by operating the cover A-fig. 61.

Oddment compartment

Opening the cover A-fig. 61 of the trayis allowed only if the armrest is fully low-ered and fastened. To access the tray B-fig. 62 lift cover A.

IMPORTANT The food box function is tokeep the temperature of drinks, that mustbe warmed or cooled before being fittedinside the food box

fig. 61 F0Q0631m

fig. 62 F0Q0632m

fig. 63 F0Q0634m

fig. 64 F0Q0633m

Conditioned food box

Press button A-fig. 63 and raise the arm-rest B to reach the conditioned food boxfig. 64.


68

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Never travel with the odd-ment compartments open to

prevent risk of injuries in the event ofa crash.

WARNING

REAR ARMREST (for versions/markets, where provided)

To use the rear armrest A-fig. 65, low-er it as shown in the figure.

The armrest houses two recesses B for holding glasses and/or cans. To usethem pull the tab C in arrow direction.

Inside the armrest, after lifting the cover,there is an oddment compartment.

ODDMENT COMPARTMENTS

Oddment compartment onpassenger’s side

Open the oddment compartment movingthe handle A-fig. 66 as shown by the ar-row.

When the oddment compartment isopened, an interior courtesy light comeson. Such light stays on for about 15 min-utes after having turned the key to STOP.

If during this time a door or the boot areopened, the light will come on again forabout 15 minutes.

fig. 66 F0Q0635m

fig. 65 F0Q0010m

fig. 67 F0Q0012m

Oddment compartment underdriver’s seat fig. 67(for versions/markets, where provided)

Certain versions are fitted with an odd-ment compartment under the passenger’sseat: only stow objects weighing less than1.5 kg.

Operate handle A-fig. 67 to open thecompartment.


69

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

CIGAR LIGHTER (for versions/markets, where provided)

It is located on the central console, nearthe handbrake lever.

Press button A-fig. 68/a to switch on thecigar lighter with ignition key at MAR.

After few seconds the button will returnto its initial position and is ready for use.

IMPORTANT Always check that the cig-ar lighter has turned off.

IMPORTANT The cigar lighter gets veryhot. Handle it with care and make surethat it is not used by children: danger offire and/or burns.

CURRENT OUTLET (12V)

The current outlet is located on the cen-tral console and it only works with igni-tion key at MAR. If the smokers’ kit is re-quested, the current outlet will be re-placed by the cigar lighter (see next para-graph).

Some versions may also be fitted with apower point A-fig. 68 located in the lug-gage compartment.

ASHTRAY (for versions/markets, where provided)

It consists of a spring-release removableplastic container fig. 69, that can be lo-cated in the glass/can holder recesses onthe central console.

IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray aswaste paper basket: it might set on fire incontact with cigarette stubs.

fig. 68/a F0Q0629m fig. 69 F0Q0630mfig. 68 F0Q0016m


70

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

GLASS HOLDERS fig. 70

The central console houses two recess-es for glasses, cups or cans.

ODDMENT COMPARTMENTS

They are set near the cigar lighter fig. 71, near the handbrake fig. 72, andfront and rear doors fig. 73 and fig. 74.

fig. 70 F0Q0671m

fig. 72 F0Q0673m

fig. 71 F0Q0672m fig. 73 F0Q0674m

fig. 74 F0Q0676m


71

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSThe passenger’s sun visor also carries thesymbols and the message concerning thecorrect use of the child restraint systemwith passenger’s air bag (for further in-formation see paragraph “Passenger’sfront Air bag” in section “Safety devices”).

fig. 75 F0Q0675m

Lift the lid A to use the mirror.

When the ignition key is at STOP, thelight stays on for about 15 minutes: if inthis period a door or the tailgate isopened, the light will stay on for another15 minutes.

SUN VISORS fig. 75

Driver’s side

On certain versions, the driver’s sun visoris fitted with a courtesy mirror and a light.

Passenger’s side

The passenger’s sun visor is fitted with acourtesy mirror (on certain versions themirror is fitted with a light).

Driver and passenger’s sun visors can beadjusted forwards and sidewards.

On certain versions, the passenger’s sunvisor is fitted, on the back, with a courtesymirror with a light that enables to use themirror also with poor sunlight.


72

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSSUNROOF (for versions/markets, where provided)

The sunroof consists of two wide panes(a fixed one and a moving one), fitted withtwo manually-operated sun curtains (frontand rear).

Sun curtains can be used in “wide close”and “wide open” positions (no fix inter-mediate positions).

To open sun curtains: take handgrip A-fig. 76, release it and guide it in the di-rection of the arrow to the “wide open”position.

To close them reverse the above proce-dure. Sunroof only works with ignition keyat MAR. Controls A and B-fig. 77 set onthe special panel near the ceiling light shallbe used to open/close the sunroof.

To close

When in fully opened position, press but-ton A-fig. 77 and if the button is operat-ed for longer than half a second, the rooffront glass will automatically move to in-termediate position (“Comfort” position).

Operate the button again for longer thanhalf a second and the roof will move tospoiler position. When the closure buttonis closed again, the sun-roof will move tofully closed position.

To open

Press button B-fig. 77 and hold down tomove the front glass panel to spoiler po-sition. Press button B again and hold downthe control for longer than half a secondto start the movement of the sun-roofglass, which will continue automatically to an intermediate position (“Comfort”position).

Press the opening control again for longerthan half a second and the sun-roof willautomatically to the end of its travel. Thesun-roof glass may be halted in an inter-mediate position by operating the buttonagain.

fig. 76 F0Q0737m fig. 77 F0Q0678m


73

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Do not open the sunroof ifthere is snow or ice on it: itcould be damaged.

Use the sunroof only in “spoil-er” position if cross roof rackis fitted.

When leaving the car, the ig-nition key should be removed

to prevent the sunroof from being op-erated inadvertently and harming any-one remaining in the car. Improper useof the sunroof can be dangerous. Be-fore and during its operation ensurethat any passengers are not at riskfrom the moving roof either by per-sonal objects getting caught in themechanism or by being injured by it di-rectly.

WARNING ANTI-CRUSHING SAFETYSYSTEM

Sunroof is fitted with anti-crushing safetysystem that detects the presence of an ob-stacle during sunroof closing stroke andthat cuts in by stopping and reversing thesunroof stroke.


74

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS INITIALISATION PROCEDURE

Sunroof shall be re-initialised after dis-connecting the battery or if the relevantprotection fuse is blown.

Proceed as follows:

❒ Press button A-fig. 77 until the roofis fully closed. Release the button;

❒ press button A and hold down for atleast 10 seconds and/or until the glasspanel is heard to click forward. Nowrelease the button;

❒ within 5 seconds of carrying out theprevious operation, press button A andhold down: the glass panel will performa full opening and closure cycle. Do notrelease the button until the end of thiscycle.

EMERGENCY OPERATION

If the switch does not work, the sunroofcan be operated manually as follows:

❒ remove the protection cap A-fig. 78set on the rear part of the internal cov-ering;

❒ take the setscrew wrench provided inthe container of the car documents orin the boot (versions with Fix&Go au-tomatic);

❒ fit the wrench into slot B and turn it:– clockwise to open the sunroof; – counterclockwise to close the sun-

roof.

fig. 78 F0Q0738m


75

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSDOORS

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKINGSYSTEM

From outside

With the doors closed, fit and turn the keyin one of the front door locks.

From inside

From inside the car (with doors closed)press the door lock/unlock button fig. 79set on the dashboard.

Doors can however be closed manuallyif the electric system is failing.

IMPORTANT The rear doors cannot beopened from inside when the child lockis engaged.

CHILD LOCK fig. 80

To prevent opening the rear doors fromthe inside.

This device can be engaged only withdoors open:

❒ position 1 - engaged (door locked);

❒ position 2 - disengaged (door can beopened from the passenger’s compart-ment).

The device stays on even if the doors areunlocked by the centralised system.

fig. 79 F0Q0641m fig. 80 F0Q0677m

Always use this device whentransporting children.

After engaging the lock onboth rear doors, check by

trying to open a rear door with the in-ternal handle.

WARNING


76

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS IMPORTANT Door locking/unlocking sys-tem shall be re-initialised after discon-necting the battery or if the relevant pro-tection fuse is blown:

❒ close all the doors;

❒ press the key button Á or doorlock/unlock button ≈ on theinstrument panel;

❒ press the key button Ë or doorlock/unlock button ≈ on theinstrument panel.

Do not activate the childlock device and the rear

doors emergency lock device at thesame time. If both devices are on, toopen the door: operate the internalhandle to deactivate the rear doorsemergency lock device and then openthe door using the external handle.

WARNING

REAR DOORS EMERGENCYLOCK DEVICE fig. 81

Rear doors are fitted with a deviceenabling to close them also when cur-rent is lacking.

In this event proceed as follows:

❒ fit the metal insert of the ignition keyinto slot A;

❒ turn the key clockwise and thenremove it from slot A.

fig. 81 F0Q0679m

To realign the lock knobs (only if batterycharge is restored) proceed as follows:

❒ press the key button Ë;

❒ press door lock/unlock button ≈on the instrument panel;

❒ opening with the key in front doorrevolving plug;

❒ pulling internal door handle.

IMPORTANT If the child lock and the reardoor emergency lock are active, operat-ing the internal door handle will not openthe door but only realign the lock knobs;to open the door: pull the external han-dle. Door central locking/unlocking but-ton ≈ will not be disabled when acti-vating the emergency lock.


77

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSPOWER WINDOWS

A safety system is provided that is able todetect the present of an obstacle when thewindow is closing. When this event oc-curs, the system interrupts and immedi-ately reverses the window travel.

IMPORTANT In the event that the anti-crushing function is activated 5 times inonly 1 minute, the system will automati-cally enter the “recovery” mode (self-pro-tection). This conditions is pointed out bythe fact that, in the closing phase, the win-dow goes up in jerks.

So, it is necessary to carry out the sys-tem restore procedure, acting as follows:

❒ open the windows;

or

❒ turn the ignition key to STOP and thento MAR.

If no malfunction is present, the windowreturns to its normal operation automat-ically.

IMPORTANT With ignition key at STOPor removed, the power windows remainactivated for about 2 minutes and are de-activated immediately the moment a dooris opened.

The system conforms to theforthcoming standard 2000/

4/EC concerning the safety of pas-sengers leaning out of the passengercompartment.

WARNING

IMPORTANT On some versions, whenbutton Ë on the key with remote controlis pressed for longer than 2 seconds, thewindows open, while when button Á ispressed for longer than 2 seconds, thewindows are closed.

fig. 82 F0Q0622m

CONTROLS

Front driver side door fig. 82

On the driver’s door panel are set the but-tons for controlling, with ignition key atMAR:

A: front left window opening/closing;window opening or closing in “auto-matic continuous” mode;

B: front right window opening/closing;window opening or closing in “auto-matic continuous” mode;

C: rear power window enabling/disablingcontrols;

D: opening/closure of left front door (forversions/markets, where provided).Continuous automatic operation dur-ing window open and closure;

E: opening/closure of right front door(for versions/markets, where provid-ed). Continuous automatic operationduring window open and closure;


78

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Press buttons A or B to open/close therequired window.

Pressing briefly one of the buttons thewindow “jerks” whereas a prolongedpressing makes the window opening orclosing in “automatic continuous” mode.

Pressing button A or B again will stop thewindow in the required position.

Improper use of the powerwindows can be dangerous.

Before and during its operation en-sure that any passengers are not atrisk from the moving glass either bypersonal objects getting caught in themechanism or by being injured by itdirectly. Always remove the ignitionkey when getting out of the car toprevent the power windows being op-erated accidentally and constitutinga danger to the passengers in the car.

WARNING Passenger side front door/rear doors

On the passenger side front door panel andon some versions of the rear door, buttonsA-fig. 83 are present to control the win-dow.

fig. 83 F0Q0743m

MANUAL REAR WINDOWS (for versions/markets, where provided)

Operate the handle to open and close thewindow.

Window safety system initialisation

Safety system shall be re-initialised afterdisconnecting the battery or if the rele-vant protection fuse is blown.

Initialisation procedure:

❒ fully close manually the window to ini-tialise;

❒ after window stopping, keep on press-ing the closing control for at least 1 sec-ond.


79

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSBOOT

OPENING THE TAILGATE

When release, the luggage compartmentmay be opened from outside the car byoperating the electric logo fig. 84.

To open the tailgate use the key with re-mote control.

If the boot is not shut properly the in-strument panel warning light ́ or symbolR will turn on together with the mes-sage on the display (see section “Warninglights and messages”).

Opening the boot tailgate, the interiorboot ceiling light will come on: the bulbwill automatically switch off when closingthe boot tailgate.

Such light will stay on for about 15 min-utes after turning the key to STOP: if dur-ing this time a door or the boot areopened, the light will turn on again for oth-er 15 minutes.

CLOSING THE TAILGATE

To close, lower the tailgate until the lockclicks.

fig. 84 F0Q0680m

Opening with the key with remote control

Press button R, even when the elec-tronic alarm (for versions/markets, whereprovided) is activated.

Tailgate opening is indicated by doubleflashing of direction indicators; closing isindicated by one flashing (only if alarm ison).

Opening the tailgate with the alarm on willobtain:

❒ volumetric protection deactivation;

❒ anti-raising protection deactivation;

❒ tailgate monitoring sensor deactivation.

Such control functions are reset whenclosing the tailgate.

The addition of objects(speakers, spoilers, etc.) on therear shelf or boot lid, exceptthose envisaged by the man-

ufacturer, may prevent the gas filledstruts at the sides of the boot fromworking properly.


80

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

EXTENDING THE BOOT

The boot can be partially (1/3 or 2/3) ortotally extended splitting the rear seat.

Partial extension (1/3 or 2/3) fig. 86-87

The boot extension to the right makes itpossible to carry two passengers on therear seat left-hand side.

The boot extension to the left makes itpossible to carry one passenger on therear seat right-hand side.

Proceed as follows:

❒ lower completely the rear seat head re-straints;

❒ move the seat belt sideways and checkthat the belt is not twisted;

❒ fold the required cushion fig. 88 for-ward as shown by the arrow;

❒ lift seat back retaining lever A-fig. 89and tilt the seat back forward. Lever lift-ing is shown by a “red band” B.

When using the boot, makesure the loads you are carry-

ing do not exceed the permittedweight (see section “Technical spec-ifications”). Also make sure the itemsin the boot are arranged properly toprevent them being thrown forwardsand injuring passengers should youbrake sharply.

WARNING

Never travel with objects onthe rear shelf to prevent

them being thrown forwards and in-juring passengers in case of accidentor sharp braking.

WARNING


fig. 89 F0Q0683m


81

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

TO RETURN THE REAR SEATBACK TO ITS ORIGINALPOSITION

Move aside the seat belts, check that theyare not twisted.

Lift the seat backs and push them back-ward until both coupling mechanisms clickin place, check that the “red band” B-fig. 92 at the side of levers A is no longervisible.

The “red band” B indicates missing seatback coupling.

Reposition the cushions in horizontal po-sition keeping the centre seat belt tongueraised.

Total extension

Tilt the rear seat completely to obtainmaximum boot extension.

Proceed as follows:

❒ lower completely the rear seat head re-straints;

❒ move the seat belt sideways and checkthat the belt is not twisted;

❒ fold cushions forward as described pre-viously;

❒ remove the rear parcel shelf fig. 90 andrelease the upper ends A-fig. 91 of thetwo tie rods by removing eyelets fromthe pins and pushing them in arrow di-rection;

❒ after tilting the cushion, fold complete-ly rear seat backs (as described previ-ously) to have one single surface.

fig. 91 F0Q0687mfig. 90 F0Q0686m fig. 92 F0Q0683m

Make sure the seat back iscorrectly hooked on both

sides (“red bands” B-fig. 92 not visi-ble) to prevent seat back beingthrown forwards and injuring pas-sengers should you brake sharply.

WARNING


82

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

ANCHORING THE LOAD

Two attachments fig. 93 located insidethe luggage compartment are used to an-chor cables that insure transported loadsare firmly secured and two attachmentson the rear crossmember fig. 94.

IMPORTANT Never anchor to singlehooks a load exceeding 100 kg.

A heavy load that has notbeen secured may cause se-

rious harm to passengers.

WARNING

If you want to carry reservefuel in a can, follow law reg-

ulations, only using a certified can,suitably fastened to the load securingeyelets. Even in this way the risk offire is increased in the case of an ac-cident.

WARNING


CARGO BOX

This consists of a moulded part fig. 95, lo-cated in the luggage compartment thatmay be used to support objects and pro-vide a uniform load compartment level.


83

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSBONNET

TO OPEN THE BONNET

Proceed as follows:

❒ pull lever A-fig. 96 in the direction ofthe arrow;

❒ pull lever B-fig. 97 and raise the bon-net.

❒ lift the bonnet and at the same time re-lease the rod C-fig. 98 from the catch,then fit the rod end into the bonnet re-cess D.

IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnet,check that windscreen wiper arms are notlifted from the windscreen.

TO CLOSE THE BONNET

Proceed as follows:

❒ hold the bonnet up with one hand andwith the other remove rod C-fig. 98from recess D and fit it back into itscatch;

❒ lower the bonnet at approx. 20 cen-timetres from the engine compartmentand then let it drop, ensuring that it isfully closed and not just held in positionby the safety catch. If the bonnet doesnot close properly, do not push it downbut open it again and repeat the aboveprocedure. If the bonnet is not shutproperly, the instrument panel warninglight ´ or symbol S will turn on to-gether with the message on the display(see section “Warning lights and mes-sages”).

fig. 96 F0Q0689m fig. 97

B

F0Q0690m

fig. 98 F0Q0748m


84

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS ROOF RACK/SKI RACK

The attachments are located in the areasillustrated in fig. 99 and can only bereached with the doors open.

A roof rack/ski rack specially designed forthe car is available at Lineaccessori Fiat.

After few kilometres, checkthat the fastening screws are

firmly tightened.

WARNING

Strictly comply with currentlaw regulations concerningmax. overall dimensions.

Distribute the load evenlyand when driving, bear in

mind the increased sensitivity of thecar to side wind.

WARNING

Never exceed the max. per-missible loads (see section“Technical specifications”).

For safety reasons the bon-net must be closed properly

to avoid its opening while the car istravelling. Therefore, always check itis properly closed and the catch en-gaged. Should you notice that thecatch is not perfectly engaged whentravelling, stop the car immediatelyand close the bonnet.

WARNING

Carry out operations onlywhen the car is stationary.

WARNING

If the supporting rod is notpositioned correctly the bon-

net may fall violently.

WARNING

fig. 99

A

F0Q0785m


HEADLIGHTS

ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHT BEAM

Proper adjustment of the headlight beamsis of vital importance for your safety andcomfort and also for the other road users.To ensure you and other drivers have thebest visibility conditions when travellingwith the headlights on, the headlights mustbe set properly. Contact Fiat Dealershipto have the headlights properly adjusted.

IMPORTANT When turning on gas dis-charge headlight lamps (for versions/ mar-kets, where provided), it is normal thatthere should be a vertical movement oflenses, and consequently the same will al-so happen to the light beam, for the timerequired to achieve the correct headlighttrim stabilisation, equal to approx. 2 sec-onds.

HEADLIGHT AIMING DEVICE

This device can be operated with the ig-nition key at MAR and dipped beams on.When the car is loaded, it slopes back-wards. This means that the headlight beamrises. In this case, it is necessary to returnit to the correct position.

85

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

To adjust the headlight slant

Press buttons A and B-fig. 100 set on thecentral panel; if the car is fitted with(Xenon) gas discharge headlights, slant ad-justment is electronic and therefore but-tons A and B are not present.

Press button A this will increase headlightaiming by one position. Press button B todecrease headlight aiming by one position.

Displays C, located on the instrumentpanel, provides the visual indication of thepositions during the adjustment operation.

Correct positions as a function of the load

Position 0 - one or two passengers onfront seats.

Position 1 - five passengers.

Position 2 - five passengers + load in theboot.

Position 3 - driver + maximum admittedload in the boot.

IMPORTANT Check beam aiming everytime the load carried changes.

FOG LIGHT ADJUSTMENT

Contact Fiat Dealership to have the head-lights properly adjusted.

HEADLIGHT BEAMADJUSTMENT ABROAD

The dipped beam headlights are adjustedfor circulation in the country in which thecar is marketed. In countries with oppo-site circulation, to avoid glaring oncom-ing vehicles, it is necessary to cover theareas of the headlight using a special stick-er tape provided for the purpose and avail-able at Lineaccessori Fiat. Contact FiatDealership.

fig. 100 F0Q0644m


86

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

When the ABS cuts in, andyou feel the brake pedal pul-

sating, do not remove your foot, butkeep it pressed; in doing so you willstop in the shortest amount of spacepossible under the current road con-ditions.

WARNING

The ABS exploits the tyre-road grip at the best, but it

cannot improve it; you should there-fore take every care when driving onslippery surfaces without taking un-necessary risks.

WARNINGABS SYSTEM

The car is fitted with ABS braking system,which prevents the wheels from lockingwhen braking, makes the most of road gripand gives the best control when emer-gency braking under difficult road condi-tions.

System is completed by EBD (ElectronicBraking Force Distribution), which dis-tributes the braking action between frontand rear wheels.

IMPORTANT To have the maximum ef-ficiency of the braking system, it is neces-sary a setting period of about 500 km: dur-ing this period, it is better to avoid sharp,repeated and prolonged brakes.

ABS SYSTEM INTERVENTION

The driver can tell the ABS system hascome into action because the brake ped-al pulsates slightly and the system getsnoisier: it means that the car speed shouldbe altered to fit the type of road surface.

If the ABS system cuts in itis a sign that the grip be-

tween the tyre and the road surfacehas reached the limit you must slowdown to match the speed to the roadgrip available.

WARNING


87

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSFAILURE INDICATIONS

ABS failure

ABS failure is indicated by the turning onof warning light >on the instrument pan-el (together with the dedicated messageon the display) (see section “Warninglights and messages”). In this case thebraking system is still efficient, thoughwithout the aid of the ABS system. Drivecarefully to the closest Fiat Dealership tohave the system checked.

EBD failure

EBD failure is indicated by the turning onof warning lights > and x on the in-strument panel (together with the mes-sage on the display) (see section “Warn-ing lights and messages”).

In this case with sharp braking the rearwheels might lock too early, with the pos-sibility of skidding. Drive extremely care-fully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to havethe system checked.

If the instrument panelwarning light x turns on

(together with the message on the dis-play), stop the car immediately andcontact the nearest Fiat Dealership.Fluid leaks from the hydraulic system,in fact, can compromise the brakingsystem, both traditional systems andsystems with ABS.

WARNING

BRAKE ASSIST (emergency braking assistance)(for versions/markets, where provided)

The system, which cannot be cut out, rec-ognizes emergency braking (on the groundof the brake pedal operation speed) andconsiderably increases the pressure in thebraking circuit.

Brake Assist is deactivated on versionsequipped with ESP, in the event of ESP sys-tem failure (indicated by warning light áturning on together with the message onthe display).


88

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS ESP SYSTEM (Electronic StabilityProgram) (for versions/markets, where provided)

The ESP system is an electronic systemcontrolling the car stability in the event oftyre grip loss.

The ESP system is therefore particularlyuseful when grip conditions of the roadsurfaces changes.

With ESP, ASR and Hill Holder systemsis also installed (for versions/markets,where provided) the MSR system (enginebrake torque control system).

ESP SYSTEM INTERVENTION

It is signalled by the blinking of the warn-ing light á on the instrument panel, to in-form the driver that the car is in criticalstability and grip conditions.

HILL HOLDER SYSTEM

This system is an integral part of the ESPsystem and it is provided to facilitate start-ing on slopes.

It will activate automatically with the fol-lowing conditions:

❒ Uphill: car at a standstill on a road witha gradient higher than 5%, engine run-ning, clutch and brake pedal pressed,gearbox to neutral or engaged gear oth-er than reverse.

❒ Downhill: car at a standstill on a roadwith a gradient higher than 5%, enginerunning, clutch and brake pedal pressedand reverse gear engaged.

At pickup the ESP system control unit willkeep brake force on wheels until reachingthe torque suitable for starting, or in anycase for max. 2 seconds in order to passeasily from the brake pedal to the accel-erator pedal.

After two seconds without starting, thesystem will deactivate automatically by re-leasing gradually the brake force.

At releasing, the typical brake disengage-ment noise indicating that the car is go-ing to move will be heard.

Performance of the ESP sys-tem, in terms of active safe-

ty should not induce the driver to takepointless and unnecessary risks. Thestyle of driving must in any case al-ways be adapted to the conditions ofthe road surface, visibility an traffic.Road safety is always the driver’s re-sponsibility.

WARNING

ESP SYSTEM ACTIVATION

The ESP system is automatically activat-ed when the car is started and cannot bede-activated.

FAILURE INDICATIONS

In the event of failure, the ESP system isautomatically disconnected and the warn-ing light á comes on with fixed light onthe instrument panel (on certain versionstogether with the message on the display)(see section “Warning lights and mes-sages”). In this case contact a Fiat Deal-ership as soon as possible.


89

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

During the use of the space-saver spare wheel, the ESP

system carries on working. However,you must remind that the space-saverspare wheel has dimensions smallerthan the standard tyre and thereforeits grip is reduced as to the other cartyres.

WARNING

FAILURE INDICATIONS

System failure is indicated by the turningon of warning light á on the instrumentpanel (together with the message on thedisplay) (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).

IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system isnot a parking brake. Never get out of thecar without engaging the handbrake,switching the engine off and engaging thefirst gear.

For correct operation of theESP and ASR systems, the

tyres must absolutely be of the samebrand and type on all wheels, in per-fect conditions and, above all, oftype, brand and size specified.

WARNING

ASR SYSTEM (Antislip Regulation)

It is an integral part of the ESP system, itcontrols car drive and cuts in automati-cally every time one or both drivingwheels slip.

According to slipping conditions, two dif-ferent control systems are activated:

❒ if the slipping involves both the drivingwheels, the ASR function intervenes re-ducing the power transmitted by theengine;

❒ if the slipping involves only one drivingwheel, the ASR system cuts in auto-matically braking the wheel that is slip-ping.

The action of the ASR is particularly help-ful in the following circumstances:

❒ slipping of the inner wheel due to theeffect of dynamic load changes or ex-cessive acceleration;

❒ too much power transmitted to thewheels also in relation to the conditionsof the road surface;

❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy orfrozen surfaces;

❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wet sur-face (aquaplaning).

Switching the ASR system on/off

The ASR system switches on automaticallyeach time the engine is started.

Switching on/off is indicated by the rele-vant message on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

The performance of the sys-tem, in terms of active safe-

ty should not induce the driver to takepointless and unnecessary risks. Thestyle of driving must in any case al-ways be adapted to the conditions ofthe road surface, visibility and traffic.Road safety is always the driver’s re-sponsibility.

WARNING


90

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

When using the spare wheel,the ASR system is excluded

and the warning light á on the in-strument panel turns on glowingsteadily (together with the messageon the display) (see section “Warn-ing lights and messages”).

WARNING

FAILURE INDICATIONS

In the event of malfunctioning, the ASRsystem is automatically disconnected andthe warning light áwill turn on with fixedlight on the instrument panel (togetherwith the message on the display) (see sec-tion “Warning lights and messages”). Inthis case contact Fiat Dealership as soonas possible.

For correct operation of theESP and ASR systems, the

tyres must absolutely be of the samebrand and type on all wheels, in per-fect conditions and, above all, oftype, brand and size specified.

WARNING

When travelling ASR can be switched offand on again by pressing switch ASR OFFset on the dashboard next to the steer-ing wheel fig. 101.

When the ASR is switched off this isshown by the lighting up of the led on theswitch (and by the relevant message onthe display) (see section “Warning lightsand messages”).

If the ASR is switched off when travelling,it will turn on again automatically the nexttime the engine is started.

When travelling on snowy roads withsnow chains, it may be helpful to turn theASR off: in fact, in these conditions, slip-ping of the driving wheels when moving offmakes it possible to obtain better drive.

MSR system (engine braking torque control)

The car is fitted with a special system, in-tegral with the ASR system, that in case ofsudden gear shifting, cuts in providingtorque to the engine thus preventing ex-cessive driving wheel drive that, speciallyin poor grip conditions, can lead to loss ofstability.

fig. 101 F0Q0694m


91

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

fig. 102 F0Q3243g fig. 103 F0Q0771m

START&STOP SYSTEM (for versions/markets, where provided)

The Start&Stop system automatically stopsthe engine whenever the car is stationaryand starts it again when the driver wantsto move off.

This improves the efficiency of the vehicleby reducing fuel consumption, the emis-sion of harmful gases and noise pollution.

The system is active every time the engineis started.

OPERATING MODES

Engine stopping mode

With the car at a standstill, the enginestops with the gearbox in neutral and theclutch released.

Note The engine can only be stopped au-tomatically after a speed of about 10 km/his reached, to prevent the engine from be-ing repeatedly stopped when driving atwalking pace.

Symbol U fig. 102 appears on the dis-play when the engine stops.

Engine restarting mode

Press the clutch pedal to restart the en-gine.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON/OFFMANUALLY

To activate/deactivate the system manu-ally, press the button T fig. 103 on thedashboard, next to the steering wheel.

Turning the Start&Stop system on

A message and a symbol U will appear onthe display when the Start&Stop system ison. In this condition, LED A-fig. 103 lo-cated over button T is off.

Turning the Start&Stop off

Versions with reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay: symbol T and a message will ap-pear on the display when the Start&Stopsystem is off.

LED A-fig. 103 is on when the system isoff.


92

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS FAILED ENGINE CUT-OUTCONDITIONS

When the system is operating, due tocomfort, emission control and safety rea-sons, the engine does not stop in someconditions, among which:

❒ engine still cold;

❒ very cold outside temperature;

❒ battery not sufficiently charged;

❒ heated rear windscreen on;

❒ driver’s door not shut;

❒ driver’s seat belt not fastened

❒ reverse gear engaged (for example, forparking manoeuvres);

❒ for versions equipped with dual zoneautomatic climate control system (forversions/markets, where provided), ifan adequate level of thermal comforthas not been reached or MAX-DEFfunction activation;

❒ during the first period of use, to initial-ize the system;

In these cases, a message is shown on thedisplay and the symbol U will blink (thelatter for versions/markets, where pro-vided).

If climate comfort is to befavoured, the Start&Stop

system can be disabled, for a contin-uous operation of the climate controlsystem.

WARNING


93

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSRESTARTING CONDITIONS

For reasons of comfort, limiting harmfulemissions and safety purposes, the powerunit can restart automatically without anyaction on behalf of the driver if certainconditions are met, including:

❒ battery not sufficiently charged;

❒ windscreen wipers working at maxi-mum speed;

❒ low braking system vacuum, e.g. fol-lowing the brake pedal being pressedrepeatedly;

❒ car in motion, for example when dri-ving on hilly roads;

❒ stopping the engine using Start&Stoplonger than approximately 3 minutes;

❒ for versions equipped with dual zoneautomatic climate control system (forversions/markets, where provided), ifan adequate level of thermal comforthas not been reached or MAX-DEFfunction activation;

With gear engaged, the automatic enginerestarting is possible only by fully pressingthe clutch pedal. This operation is indi-cated to the driver by means of a messageon the display and by symbol U blinking(the latter for versions/markets, whereprovided).

Notes

If the clutch is not pressed, after 3 minutesfrom the engine stopping, the engine canbe restarted only using the ignition key.

In cases when the engine stops and thisis not desired, due for example to theclutch pedal being released sharply witha gear engaged, if the Start&Stop systemis activated, the engine can be restarted byfully depressing the clutch pedal or by plac-ing the gear lever in neutral

SAFETY FUNCTIONS

When the engine is stopped by theStart&Stop system, if the driver releaseshis/her seat belt and opens the driver’s orpassenger’s door, the engine can berestarted only using the ignition key.

This condition is indicated to the driver bymeans of a buzzer and by the symbol Ublinking on the display (with a message, forversions/markets, where provided).


94

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS ENERGY SAVING FUNCTION (for versions/markets, where provided)

If, as a result of the engine automaticrestarting, the driver does not carry outany action on the vehicle for over 3 min-utes, the Start&Stop system stops the en-gine once and for all, to prevent fuel con-sumption. In these cases, the engine canbe restarted only using the ignition key.

Note In any case, it is possible to keep theengine running by deactivating theStart&Stop system.

OPERATING IRREGULARITIES

In the event of malfunctions theStart&Stop system is disabled.

The driver is informed of the fault by thesymbol U blinking on the display alongwith a message (the latter on some versions). If this occurs, contact the FiatDealership.

STORING THE CAR

In the case of storage, special care mustbe taken to disconnect the battery elec-trical power supply.

Proceed as follows: detach the connectorA-fig. 104 (by pressing button B) fromsensor C for monitoring the status of thebattery installed on the battery negativepole D.

This sensor should never be disconnect-ed from the pole except if the battery isreplaced.

When replacing the battery,always go to a Fiat Dealer-

ship. Replace the battery using a newone of the same type (HEAVY DUTY)and having the same specifications.

WARNING

fig. 104 F0Q0758m


95

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

fig. 105 F0Q0759m fig. 106 F0Q0761m

EMERGENCY STARTING

When jump starting, never connect thenegative lead (–) of the auxiliary battery tothe negative pole A-fig. 105 of the carbattery, but rather to an engine/gearboxearth point.

Before opening the enginehood, make sure that the en-

gine is off and that the ignition keyis in STOP position. Follow the in-structions on the plate affixed on thefront crossmember (fig. 106). You areadvised to extract the key when oth-er people are inside the car. Removethe ignition key or turn it to the STOPposition before leaving the car. Dur-ing refuelling, make sure that the en-gine is off and the key is in STOP po-sition.

WARNING


96

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS This diagnostic system indicates the pres-ence of deteriorated components or sys-tem malfunctioning (see section “Warn-ing lights and messages”) by the turning onof the instrument panel warning light U(together with the message on the dis-play).

Note The car is provided with a diag-nostic connector that can be interfacedwith appropriate tools, which makes itpossible to read the error codes stored inthe control units, together with a series ofspecific parameters for engine operationand diagnosis. This test can also be per-formed by traffic controller agents.

IMPORTANT After a servicing operationat Fiat Dealership aimed to eliminate mal-functioning connected to the EOBD sys-tem, in order to check the system thor-oughly it could be required to run a benchtest and, if necessary, road tests whichmay also call for a long journey.

EOBD SYSTEM

The European On Board Diagnostic sys-tem (EOBD), fitted to engine electroniccontrol units, allows monitoring and warn-ing of any malfunction to the electronicsystems that could increase exhaust emis-sions.

The objective is:

❒ To keep system efficiency under con-trol;

❒ Warn when a fault causes emission lev-els to increase;

❒ Warn of the need to replace deterio-rated components.


97

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSSOUND SYSTEM(for versions/markets, where provided)

For the operation of the radio with CD/MP3 CD player (where provided), readthe instructions for use given in the Sup-plement attached to this Owner Hand-book.

fig. 107 F0Q0691m

Sound system installation

The sound system shall be installed in theproper space occupied by the central odd-ment compartment A-fig. 107, here youwill find the preset cables.

To remove the oddment compartmentpress the retaining devices in the pointsshown in the figure.

For connection to existingcar presetting system, con-

tact Fiat Dealership to prevent anytrouble that could impair car safety.

WARNING


98

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS INSTALLATION OFELECTRIC/ELECTRONICDEVICES

Electric/electronic devices installed afterbuying the car and in after-market shallbear the following marking:

IMPORTANT The installation of devicesinvolving modifications of car character-istics may determine the withdrawal of thedriving licence by the appointed public au-thorities and the forfeiture of the warrantyas concerns defects/failures due to saidmodification or leading directly or indi-rectly to it.

Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. declines allresponsibility due to damages connectedwith the installation of accessories/devicesnot supplied by or recommended by FiatGroup Automobiles S.p.A. and installednot in compliance with the specified pre-scriptions.

RADIO TRANSMITTERS ANDCELLULAR TELEPHONES

Radio transceiver equipment (vehicle mo-bile phones, CB radios, amateur radio andsimilar equipment) shall not be used insidethe car unless a separate aerial is mount-ed on the roof.

IMPORTANT The use of similar devicesinside the passenger compartment (with-out separated aerial) produces radio-fre-quency electromagnetic fields which, am-plified by the resonance effects inside thepassenger compartment, may cause elec-trical systems equipping the car to mal-function. This could compromise safety inaddition to constituting a potential hazardfor the passengers.

In addition, transmission and reception ofthese devices may be affected by theshielding effect of the car body.

As concerns -approved mobile phones(GSM, GPRS, UMTS), strictly comply withthe instructions for use provided by themobile phone’s manufacturer.

Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. authorizesthe installation of transceivers, providedthat installation is workmanlike performedin compliance with Manufacturer’s speci-fications at a specialised service centre.


99

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRICPOWER STEERINGSYSTEM

The car is provided with the electricallycontrolled power steering system called“Dualdrive” working only with ignition keyat MAR and engine running, that can becustomised by the driver according to thedriving conditions.

IMPORTANT When turning quickly theignition key, power steering full operationis obtained after 1-2 seconds.

ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION(CITY function) (for versions/markets, where provided)

To connect/disconnect the CITY func-tion, press button A-fig. 108 set on thedashboard next to the steering wheel.

Activation of this function is indicated bythe word CITY on the instrument paneldisplay (on certain versions it is also indi-cated by the turning on of the CITY warn-ing light).

When the CITY function is on the steer-ing wheel effort is lighter and thus parkingoperations are easier: therefore this func-tion is particularly useful for driving in citycentres.

FAILURE INDICATIONS

Any failure is indicated by the turning onof warning light g , together with themessage on the display (on certain ver-sions a symbol is displayed) (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

In the event of electric power steering sys-tem failure, the car can be driven with me-chanical steering.

SPORT FUNCTION (for versions/markets, where provided)

The vehicle may be equipped with a sys-tem that allows a choice between two dri-ving modes: normal and sports.

Press the SPORT button fig. 109 to setthe system for a sporty drive withprompter acceleration response and stiffersteering wheel movements for a sportierfeel.

Pressing SPORT button enables the over-boost function.

fig. 108 F0Q0693m fig. 109 F0Q0499m


100

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS IMPORTANT The steering may becomeslightly stiff following parking manoeuvresincluding a great deal of steering. This isnormal and caused by a system to preventmotor overheating. No servicing is re-quired. The electric power steering sys-tem will return to normal operation thenext time the car is used.

Acceleration

Accelerating violently increasing the revswill greatly affect consumption and emis-sions: to contain fuel consumption accel-eration should be gradual.

Using the SPORT function, fuel consump-tion will be slightly higher than the valuesstated in paragraph “Fuel consumption” inthis Supplement.

It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out whatever after-


WARNING

Always switch the engine off,remove the key from the

starting device and actuate the steer-ing lock before carrying out any main-tenance operation, especially whenthe wheels are raised from theground. In case this is not possible(e.g. when the key must be in MARposition or the engine running), re-move the electric power steeringmain fuse before carrying out anymaintenance operation.

WARNING

This function enables the engine controlunit to reach maximum pressure levels in-side the turbocharger, depending on theposition of the accelerator pedal and fora limited time. This enables to achieve anincreased engine torque.

This function is quite useful if maximumperformance is required for a short time(e.g. overcoming other vehicles).

When the function is on, the S symbol islit on the instrument panel. Press the but-ton again to turn off the function and re-store normal steering settings.

IMPORTANT when the SPORT button ispressed, the function activates after about5 seconds.

IMPORTANT during acceleration, whenthe SPORT function is in use, it is possibleto feel steering judder, which is typical ofthis sporty setting.


101

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSTYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (T.P.M.S.)(for versions/markets, where provided)

T.P.M.S. cannot indicate sudden tyre pres-sure drops (e.g.: tyre burst). In this event,brake the car cautiously and avoid suddensteering.

Strong radio-frequency disturbances couldinhibit proper T.P.M.S. system operation.This condition will be indicated by theturning on of warning light nnor symbolon the instrument panel, together with themessage on the display. This indication willgo off automatically as soon as the radio-frequency disturbance ceases.

The T.P.M.S. system doesnot exempt the driver to

check tyre and spare wheel pressureat regular intervals (see paragraph“Wheels” in section “Car mainte-nance”).

WARNING

The car may be equipped with a Tyre Pres-sure Monitoring System, which indicates tothe driver the tyre pressure status by twodifferent indications: “Check tyre pres-sures” and “Low tyre pressures”. For a de-tailed description of the two indications,see the “Warning Lights and Messages” sec-tion. This system consists of a radio-fre-quency sensor, installed on each wheel (onthe rim inside the tyre) that sends pressureinformation to the control unit.

IMPORTANT NOTES

Failure indications will not be stored andtherefore will not be displayed when turn-ing the engine off and on again. If failurepersists, the control unit will send warn-ing indications to the instrument panel on-ly after a few seconds when the car ismoving.

Tyre pressure should be checked withtyres cold. Should it become necessary forwhatever reason to check pressure withhot tyres, do not reduce pressure al-though it is higher than the prescribed val-ue but repeat the check when tyres arecold (see section “Wheels” in section“Technical Specifications”).


102

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS The T.P.M.S. system requires specialequipment. Contact Fiat Dealership toknow what type of accessories are com-patible with the system (wheels, wheelcaps, etc.). Using other accessories couldcause system malfunctioning. Due to in-flation valve special characteristics, use on-ly tyre repair sealants approved by Fiat;other sealants could cause system mal-functioning.

If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system,when changing a tyre, change also the rub-ber seal of the valve and the fastening ringof the sensor. Contact Fiat Dealership.

If after repairing a punctured tyre with theFix&Go automatic kit and restoring theinitial conditions the flat tyre warning lightcontinues to stay on, contact Fiat Deal-ership.

Tyre pressure could change according tooutside temperature. For this reason theT.P.M.S. system could temporarily indicatelow tyre pressure. In this event checkpressure with cold tyres and restore prop-er inflation values if required.

If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system,tyre and/or rim removal and refitting op-erations involve special precautions; toprevent damages or wrong sensor refit-ting, contact Fiat Dealership to have tyreand/or rim changed.


103

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIn order to use the system properly, refer to the following table when you have to change wheels/tyres:

Operation Sensor presence Failure indication Fiat Dealership service operation

–

Wheel change with spare wheel

Wheel change with snow tyres

Wheel change with snow tyres

Wheel change with others of different

size (*)

Wheel cross switching (front/rear) (**)

(*) Given as an alternative on the Owner Handbook and available at Lineaccessori Fiat.

(**) Not cross switched (tyres shall stay on the same side).

–

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

Contact Fiat Dealership

Repair damaged wheel


–


–


104

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS PARKING SENSORS (for versions/markets, where provided)

Parking sensors inform the driver aboutthe presence of obstacles behind the car(versions fitted with 4 rear sensors) or be-hind and in front of the car (versions fit-ted with 4 rear sensors and 4 front sen-sors).

This system is therefore an aid for the dri-ver when parking the car since it detectsobstacles out of the driver’s sight range.

The driver is warned of the presence anddistance from the obstacle by an inter-mittent buzzer (the sound of the buzzerbecomes more frequent as the reductionof distance between the car and the ob-stacle decreases).

SENSORS

To detect obstacles the system used 4 sen-sors located on the front bumper (for ver-sions/markets, where provided) fig. 110and 4 sensors located on the rear bumperfig. 111.

ACTIVATION

Version with 4 sensorsIn the version with 4 rear sensors, the sys-tem turns on automatically when reverseis engaged.

Version with 8 sensorsIn the version with 4 rear sensors and 4front sensors, the system activates whenreverse is engaged or when the button ispressed t fig. 112.

When reverse is released, the rear sen-sors and front sensors remain active un-til a speed of approximately 15 km/h is ex-ceeded to allow the parking manoeuvreto be completed.

The system may be activated by pressingthe button t fig. 112 located on thecentre panel: a warning light on the but-ton comes on when the system is active.

For each rotation of the ignition key onMAR position, LED on t button flash-ing briefly to indicate that the system ismaking a diagnosis. The lighting of the LEDis not therefore to be understood as acause of abnormality.

fig. 110 F0Q0745m

fig. 111 F0Q0603m

fig. 112 F0Q0035m


105

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS The sensors are deactivated by pressingthe t fig. 112 again or exceeding aspeed of 15 km/h: the warning light on thebutton is off when the system is inactive.

When the sensors are activated, the sys-tem begins to emit acoustic signals fromthe front or rear indicators as soon as anobstacle is detected. The frequency aris-es as soon as the car approaches the ob-stacle.

When the obstacle is located at a distanceof less than 30 cm, the device emits a con-tinuous sound. Depending on the positionof the obstacle (in front or behind) thesound is emitted by the correspondingacoustic indicators (front or rear). The ob-stacle closest to the vehicle is indicatedin all cases.

The beep will stop immediately if the dis-tance raises. Beep tone is constant if thedistance detected by central sensors is un-varied. If this situation takes place for sidesensors, the signal is stopped after about3 seconds to prevent sound indicationswhen performing manoeuvres near walls.

Parking manoeuvres howev-er are always under the dri-

ver’s responsibility that shall alwayscheck the absence of people (special-ly children) or animals in the ma-noeuvre space. This system is just ahelp for the driver but she/he shall nev-er reduce attention during dangerousmanoeuvres even if performed at lowspeed.

WARNING

BUZZER WARNINGS

The driver is warned of the presence anddistance from the obstacle by the buzzersinstalled in the passenger compartment:❒ in versions with 4 rear sensors, a

buzzer located in the front dashboardarea warns of the presence of rear ob-stacles;

❒ in versions with 8 rear sensors (4 frontand 4 rear) a front buzzer warns of thepresence of front obstacles and abuzzer at the rear warns of the pres-ence of rear obstacles. This featuregives the driver a sense of directional-ity (front/rear) about the presence ofobstacles.

When the reverse gear is engaged an in-termittent acoustic signal is automaticallyactivated.


106

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS SENSOR DETECTION RANGE

Sensors enable the system to monitor thefront part (versions with 8 sensors) andthe rear part of the car.

Actually their position covers the centraland side areas of the front and rear partof the car.

An obstacle positioned at central area isdetected at a distance less than 0.9 m(front) and 1.40 m (rear).

An obstacle positioned at side area is de-tected at a distance less than 0.6 m.

For proper operation, theparking sensors set on thebumpers shall be clean frommud, dirt, snow or ice. When

cleaning the sensors, take the utmostcare to prevent their damaging; do notuse therefore dry or rough clothes. Sen-sors shall be washed with clean waterand car detergent, if required. In wash-ing stations, clean sensors quickly keep-ing the vapour jet/high pressure wash-ing nozzles at 10 cm at least from thesensors.

Any repainting of bumpers ortouch/up in sensor areas shallbe carried out at Fiat Dealer-ship only. Improper painting

could impair the regular operation ofparking sensors.

The acoustic signal:❒ becomes louder as the reduction of

distance between the car and the ob-stacle decreases;

❒ becomes continuous when the distancebetween the car and the obstacle is lessthat 30 cm and stops immediately if thedistance raises;

❒ is constant if the distance is unvaried. Ifthis situation takes place for side sen-sors, the signal is stopped after about3 seconds to prevent sound indicationswhen performing manoeuvres nearwalls.


107

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSGENERAL WARNINGS

When parking, take the utmost care toobstacles set above or under the sensors.

Objects set close to the car front or rearpart, under certain circumstances are notdetected and could therefore cause dam-ages to the car.

Parking sensors regular operation couldbe affected by the following conditions:

❒ Indications sent by the sensors can bealtered by dirt, snow or ice depositedon the sensors or by multiple painting.

❒ Sensors detect non-existing objects,“echo disturbances” due to: car washing,rain (with very strong wind), hail, etc.

❒ Indications sent by the sensors can al-so be altered by ultrasound systems(e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes or pneu-matic hammers) set nearby the car.

❒ Parking sensors performance can alsobe affected by sensor position; for ex-ample changes to the car set-up due toshock-absorber wear, suspensions,changing tyres, loading the car toomuch, implementing special tuning tolower the car.

❒ Presence of obstacles at the upper sideof the car not be detected since the sys-tem detects obstacles that could knockinto the lower side of the car.

OPERATION WITH TRAILER

Parking sensor operation is deactivatedautomatically when the trailer electric ca-ble plug is fitted into the car tow hooksocket.

Sensors are reactivated when removingthe trailer cable plug.

IMPORTANT If you wish to leave thetow-hook fitted without a trailer attached,contact your Fiat Dealership to update thesystem because the tow-hook will be de-tected as an obstacle by the central sen-sors.

FAILURE INDICATIONS

In the event of sensor failures, when en-gaging the reverse gear the driver iswarned by the turning on of warning lightè on the instrument panel or by symbolt, together with the message on the dis-play (see section “Warning lights and mes-sages”).


108

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSThe car must only be filledwith diesel fuel for motor ve-hicles, in compliance with Eu-ropean Specification EN590.

The use of other products or mixturesmay irreparably damage the enginewith invalidation of the warranty dueto the damage caused. In the event ofaccidentally filling with another typeof fuel, do not start the engine andempty the tank. If the engine has beenrun even for only a very short time, inaddition to the tank, it is also necessaryto drain out the whole fuel circuit.

DIESEL ENGINES

If the outside temperature is very low, thediesel thickens due to the formation ofparaffins and could clog the diesel fuel fil-ter.

In order to avoid these problems, differ-ent types of diesel are distributed ac-cording to the season: summer type, win-ter type arctic type (mountains/cold ar-eas).

If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitable forthe current temperature, mix diesel fuelwith TUTELA DIESEL ART additive in theproportions stated on the can, putting firstthe antifreeze in the tank and then thediesel fuel.

Refuel with local diesel fuel if the car isused/parked in the mountains or in coldareas for a long period. In this event youare recommended to keep an amount offuel higher than 50% in the tank.

AT THE FILLINGSTATION

PETROL ENGINES

Use only unleaded petrol.

To prevent errors, the diameter of the fu-el tank filler is too small to introduce a leadpetrol pump filler.

Use petrol with a rated octane number(R.O.N.) not lower than 95.

IMPORTANT An inefficient catalyst leadsto harmful exhaust emissions, thus con-tributing to air pollution.

IMPORTANT Never use leaded petrol,even in small amount or in an emergency,as this would damage the catalyst beyondrepair.

REFUELLING

To ensure full tank refuelling, carry outtwo top-up operations once the deliverygun has turned off twice. Avoid furthertop-up operations which could cause faultsin the fuel system.


109

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSFUEL FILLER CAP fig. 113

Opening

1) Open the flap A pulling it outwards,keep the cap B still, insert the ignition keyin the lock and turn it anti-clockwise.

2) Turn the cap anti-clockwise and extractit. The cap has a device C retaining it to theflap so it cannot be lost. When refilling, at-tach the cap to the flap, as illustrated.

Closing

1) Fit the cap (complete with key) and turnit clockwise until it clicks once or more.

2) Turn the key clockwise and extract it,then close the flap.

IMPORTANT The sealing of the tank maycause light pressurising in the tank. A lit-tle breathing off, while slackening the cap,is absolutely normal.

fig. 113 F0Q0695m

Keep naked flames or light-ed cigarettes away from the

fuel filler hole as there is a danger offire. Do not bend too close to the holeeither so as not to breathe in harmfulvapours.

WARNING


110

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

During normal service thecatalyst and the diesel par-

ticulate filter (DPF) reach high tem-peratures. Do not therefore park thecar over inflammable materials (grass,dry leaves, pine needles, etc.): firehazard.

WARNING

Diesel Particulate Filter clogged

If the warning light h on the instru-ment panel turns on (together with themessage on the display) refer to section“Warning lights and messages”.

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER(DPF) (for versions/markets, where provided)

The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechan-ical filter, integral with the exhaust system,that physically traps particulate presentin the exhaust gases of Diesel engines.

The diesel particular filter has been adopt-ed to eliminate almost totally particulatesin compliance with current / future lawregulations.

During normal use of the car, the enginecontrol unit records a set of data (e.g.:travel time, type of route, temperatures,etc.) and it will then calculate how muchparticulates has been trapped by the filter.

Since this filter physically traps particulates,it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) at regularintervals by burning carbon particles. Re-claiming procedure is controlled auto-matically by the engine control unit ac-cording to the filter conditions and theconditions of use of the car.

During reclaiming the following phenom-ena could take place: idling slight increase,fan activation, slight smoke increase, highexhaust temperatures. These situationsshall not be considered as faults and theydo not affect car performance and envi-ronment.

PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

The devices for curtailing petrol engineemissions are the following:

❒ three-way catalytic converter;

❒ Lambda sensor;

❒ fuel evaporation system.

In addition, do not let the engine run, evenfor a test, with one or more spark plugsdisconnected.

The devices for curtailing diesel fuel en-gine emissions are the following:

❒ oxidising catalytic converter;

❒ exhaust gas recirculation system(E.G.R.);

❒ Lambda sensors;

❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF) (for ver-sions/markets, where provided it is fit-ted instead of the Lambda sensor).


DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

111

SEAT BELTS ........................................................................... 112

S.B.R. SYSTEM ....................................................................... 113

PRETENSIONERS.................................................................. 114

CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY...................................... 117

PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE ISOFIX CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM .............................. 122

FRONT AIR BAGS................................................................ 124

SIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Window bag) ...................... 126

SSAAFFEETTYY DDEEVVIICCEESS

111-130 BRAVO GB.qxd:105-128 BRAVO GB 23-04-2010 11:46 Pagina 111

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

IMPORTANT When the seat back is cou-pled properly, the “red band” B-fig. 3 pre-sent aside lever A disappears. The “redband” actually indicates improper seatback coupling.

IMPORTANT Remember that in theevent of a violent collision, back seat pas-sengers not wearing seat belts also rep-resent a serious danger for the front seatpassengers.

IMPORTANT After putting the seats backto their travelling position, restore the seatbelt position to make them ready for use.

112

The rear seat is fitted with inertial seatbelts with three anchor points and reel forside and central seats.

Rear seat belts shall be worn as shown infig. 2.

SEAT BELTS

USING THE SEAT BELTS

The belt should be worn keeping the cheststraight and rested against the seat back.

To fasten seat belts, take the tongue A-fig. 1 and insert it into the buckle B,until hearing the locking click.

At removal, if it jams, let it rewind for ashort stretch, then pull it out again with-out jerking.

To unfasten the seat belts, press buttonC. Guide the seat belt with your handwhile it is rewinding, to prevent it fromtwisting.

Through the reel, the belt automaticallyadapts to the body of the passenger wear-ing it, allowing freedom of movement.

When the car is parked on a steep slopethe reel mechanism may block; this is nor-mal. The reel mechanism prevents thewebbing coming out when it is jerked orif the car brakes sharply, in a collision orwhen cornering at high speed.

Never press button C-fig. 1when travelling.

WARNING

fig. 1 F0Q0696m

fig. 2 F0Q0267m

fig. 3 F0Q0683m

Make sure the seat back iscorrectly hooked on both

sides (“red bands” B-fig. 3 not visible)to prevent seat back being thrownforwards and injuring passengersshould you brake sharply.

WARNING


DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

113

ADJUSTING THE FRONT SEATBELT HEIGHT (for versions/markets, where provided)

Four different adjustments in height areprovided.

To adjust, press button A-fig. 4 and low-er or raise the grip B.

Always adjust the height of the seat beltto fit the person wearing it. This precau-tion could greatly reduce the risk of injuryin case of collision.

Correct adjustment is obtained when thebelt passes half way between the end ofthe shoulder and the neck.

fig. 4 F0Q0697m

Make the height adjustmentwhen the car is stationary.

WARNING

After adjustment, alwayscheck that the slider is an-

chored in one of the positions pro-vided. To do this, with the button A-fig. 4 released, exert a further pres-sure to allow the anchor device tocatch if release did not take place atone of the preset position.

WARNING

S.B.R. SYSTEM

The vehicle is equipped with an S.B.R. sys-tem (Seat Belt Reminder) made up of abuzzer which, together with the seat beltnot fastened warning light < in the in-strument panel flashing, warns the driverand, on some versions, the front passen-ger that their seat belt is not fastened.

For permanent deactivation, contact FiatDealership.

With multifunction display, the S.B.R. sys-tem can only be reset at Fiat Dealership.

With reconfigurable multifunction display,the S.B.R. system can also be reset throughthe set-up menu.


114

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SPRETENSIONERS

To increase the efficiency of the front andrear (for versions/markets, where pro-vided) seat belts, the car is fitted with pre-tensioners. These devices, in the event ofviolent front and side crash, rewind theseat belts a few centimetres. In this waythey ensure that the seat belt adheres per-fectly to the wearer before the restrain-ing action begins. The seat belt locks to in-dicate that the device has intervened; theseat belt cannot be drawn back up evenwhen guiding it manually.

IMPORTANT To obtain the highest de-gree of protection from the action of thepretensioning device, wear the seat beltkeeping it firmly close to the chest andpelvis.

Pretensioner activation may produce asmall amount of smoke. This smoke is inno way toxic and presents no fire hazard.

LOAD LIMITERS

To increase passenger’s safety, the frontand rear (for versions/markets, whereprovided) seat belt reels contain a loadlimiter which allows controlled sag in sucha way as to dose the force acting on theshoulders during the belt restraining ac-tion in case of front crash.

The pretensioner can onlybe used once. After a colli-

sion that has triggered it, have it re-placed at a Fiat Dealership. Preten-sioner validity is written on the labellocated inside the lower oddmentcompartment. Pretensioners shouldbe replaced at Fiat Dealership as thisdate approaches.

WARNING

Operations which lead toknocks, vibrations or localisedheating (over 100°C for amaximum of 6 hours) in the

area around the pretensioners maycause damage or trigger them. Thesedevices are not affected by vibrationscaused by irregularities of the road sur-face or low obstacles such as kerbs, etc.Contact a Fiat Dealership for any as-sistance.

The pretensioner does not require anymaintenance or greasing. Anything thatmodifies its original conditions invalidatesits efficiency. If due to unusual naturalevents (floods, seas storm, etc.) the devicehas been affected by water and mud, itmust necessarily be replaced.


115

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

IMPORTANT Never travel with a childsitting on the passenger’s lap with a sin-gle belt to protect them both fig. 7. Donot fasten other objects to the body.

fig. 5 F0Q0015m fig. 6 F0Q0038m

For maximum safety, keepthe back of your seat up-

right, lean back into it and make surethe seat belt fits closely across yourchest and hips. Make sure that theseat belts of the front and rear pas-sengers are fastened at all times! Youincrease the risk of serious injury ordeath in a collision if you travel withthe belts unfastened.

WARNING

fig. 7 F0Q0039m

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FORUSING THE SEAT BELTS

The driver must comply with (and havethe car occupants follow) all the local le-gal regulations concerning the use of seatbelts. Always fasten the seat belts beforestarting.

Seat belts are also to be worn by expec-tant mothers: the risk of injury in the caseof accident is greatly reduced for them andthe unborn child if they are wearing a seatbelt. Of course they must position thelower part of the belt very low down sothat it passes under the abdomen (as il-lustrated in fig. 5).

IMPORTANT The belt should not betwisted. The upper part should pass overthe shoulder and cross the chest diago-nally. The lower part should adhere to thepelvis (as shown in fig. 6) and not the ab-domen of the passenger. Do not use anyobjects (pegs, stoppers, etc.) to keep thebelts away from the body.


116

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SUnder no circumstancesshould the components of the

seat belts and pretensioners be tam-pered with or removed. Any operationshould be carried out by qualified andauthorised personnel. Always contacta Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

If the belt has been subject-ed to heavy stress, for ex-

ample after an accident, it should bechanged completely together withthe anchors, anchor fastening screwsand the pretensioners. In fact, even ifthe belt has no visible defects, it couldhave lost its resilience.

WARNING

HOW TO KEEP THE SEATBELTS ALWAYS IN EFFICIENTCONDITIONS

Observe the following:

❒ always use the belt with the tap taut andnever twisted; make sure that it is freeto run without impediments;

❒ after a serious accident, replace the beltbeing worn at that time, even if it doesnot appear damaged. Always replacethe seat belts if pretensioners havebeen activated;

❒ to clean the belts, wash by hand withneutral soap, rinse and leave to dry inthe shade. Never use strong deter-gents, bleach or dyes or other chemi-cal substance that might weaken the fi-bres;

❒ prevent the reels from getting wet:their correct operation is only guaran-teed if water does not get inside;

❒ replace the seat belt when showing sig-nificant wear or cut signs.


117

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

SERIOUS DANGER Should itbe absolutely necessary to

carry a child on the front pas-senger’s seat with the cradleseat facing backwards, passen-ger’s air bags (front and side

bags, for versions/markets, where pro-vided), shall be deactivated through thesetup menu. Deactivation shall bechecked through the instrument panelwarning light “. The front passenger’sseat shall also be adjusted in the mostbackward position to prevent any con-tact between child’s seat and dash-board.

WARNING

CARRYING CHILDRENSAFELY

For optimal protection in the event of acrash, all passengers must be seated andwearing adequate restraint systems.

This is even more important for children.

This prescription is compulsory in all ECcountries according to EC Directive2003/20/EC.

Compared with adults, their head is pro-portionally larger and heavier than the restof the body, while the muscles and bonestructure are not completely developed.Therefore, correct restraint systems arenecessary, other than adult seat belts.

The results of research on the best childrestraint systems are contained in the Eu-ropean Standard EEC-R44. This Standardenforces the use of restraint systems clas-sified in five groups:

Group 0 0-10 kg in weight

Group 0+ 0-13 kg in weight




As it may be noted, the groups overlappartly and in fact, in commerce it is pos-sible to find devices that cover more thanone weight group.

All restraint devices must bear the certi-fication data, together with the controlbrand, on a solidly fixed label which mustabsolutely never be removed.

Over 1.50 m in height, from the point ofview of restraint systems, children areconsidered as adults and wear the seatbelts normally.

Lineaccessori Fiat offers seats for eachweight group, which are the recommend-ed choice, as they have been designed andexperimented specifically for Fiat cars.

With front passenger’s airbag active do not place cra-

dle child’s seats facing backwards onthe front passenger seat since the airbag activation could cause serious in-juries, even mortal regardless of theseriousness of the crash. You are ad-vised to carry children always on therear seat, as this is the most protect-ed position in the case of a crash.

WARNING


118

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

GROUP 0 and 0+

Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facingbackwards on a cradle seat, which, sup-porting the head, does not induce stresson the neck in the event of sharp decel-eration.

The cradle is restrained by the car seatbelts, as shown in fig. 8 and in turn it mustrestrain the child with its own belts.

fig. 8 F0Q0429m

The figures are indicative forassembly purposes only. To

install the child restraint, refer to theinstructions supplied with the same.Child seats with Isofix attachmentsare available for a safe anchoring tothe seat without using the car seatbelts.

WARNING

GROUP 1

Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight, children may be carried facing forwardsfig. 9.

fig. 9 F0Q0772m


119

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

GROUP 2

Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight, chil-dren may be restrained directly by the carbelts fig. 10. The only function of the seatis to position the child correctly in rela-tion to the belts, so that the diagonal partadheres to the chest and not to the neckand that the horizontal part clings to thechild’s pelvis and not the abdomen.

GROUP 3

For children between 22 kg and 36 kg,there are boosters allowing the seatbeltto fit correctly.

Fig. 11 shows proper child seat posi-tioning on the rear seat.

Children taller than 1.50 m can wear seatbelts like adults.

fig. 10 F0Q0431m fig. 11 F0Q0432m

The illustrations are indica-tive only for assembly. As-

semble the seat according to the com-pulsory instructions provided with it.

WARNING


120

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SSUITABILITY OF PASSENGER SEATS FOR CHILD SEAT USE

Your car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC regulating child’s seat assembling on the different car seats accord-ing to the following table:

Key:

U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”.

Group Range of weight Front Rear Central rearpassenger passenger passenger

Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U U U

Group 1 9-18 kg U U U

Group 2 15-25 kg U U U

Gruppo 3 22-36 kg U U U


121

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

Below is a summary of the rules ofsafety to be followed for carryingchildren:

1) The recommended position for in-stalling child’s seat is on the rear seat, asit is the most protected in the case of acrash.

2) If the passenger airbag is deactivated,always check that it is properly deactivat-ed by ensuring the warning light “ is onwith a fixed light on the instrument pan-el.

3) Attain to the instructions for fasteningthe specific child restraint system whichyou are using. These instructions must beprovided by the manufacturer. Keep thechild restraint system installation instruc-tions with the car documents and thisHandbook. Never use a child restraint sys-tem without installation instructions.

4) Always check the seat belt is well fas-tened by pulling the webbing.

5) Only one child is to be strapped toeach retaining system.

6) Always check the seat belts do not fitaround the child’s throat.

7) While travelling, do not let the childsit incorrectly or release the belts.

8) Passengers should never carry childrenon their laps. No-one, however strongthey are, can hold a child in the event ofa crash.

9) In case of an accident, replace thechild’s seat with a new one.

With passenger’s air bag ac-tive, never place child’s seats

with the cradle facing backwardssince the air bag activation couldcause to the child serious injuries,even mortal, regardless of the seri-ousness of the crash that triggered it.You are advised to carry children al-ways with proper restraint systems onthe rear seats, as this is the most pro-tected position in the case of a crash.

WARNING


122

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

fig. 14 F0Q0699m

Mount the child restraintsystem only with the car sta-

tionary. The Isofix child restraint sys-tem is properly anchored to themounting brackets when clicks areheard. In any case, keep to the in-stallation instructions that must beprovided by the child restraint systemManufacturer.

WARNING

fig. 13 F0Q0698m

fig. 12 F0Q0614m

PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE ISOFIX CHILDRESTRAINT SYSTEM

This car is preset for mounting the Uni-versal Isofix child restraint system, a newEuropean standardised system for carry-ing children safely.

It is possible to mount at the same timeboth the traditional restraint system andthe Isofix one.

Fig. 12 shows a child’s seat by way of ex-ample. The Universal Isofix child’s seatcovers weight group: 1.

Other weight groups are covered by aspecific Isofix child seat that can be usedonly if specifically designed, tested and ap-proved for his vehicle (see the list of ve-hicles accompanying the child seat).

Due to its different anchoring system, theUniversal Isofix child’s seat shall be an-chored to the proper lower metal ringsA-fig. 13, set between rear seat back andcushion. The upper belt (provided withthe child’s seat) shall be then secured toring B-fig. 14 set at the back of the seatbackrest at child’s seat height.

Remember that in case of Universal Isofixchild’s seat, you can only use all thoseseats approved with the marking ECER44/03 Isofix.

The Universal Isofix “Duo Plus” child seatand the special “G 0/1” seat are availablefrom Lineaccessori Fiat.

For any further details on installation/use,refer to the “Instruction Manual” for thechild seat.


123

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

IUF: suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), approvedfor the weight group.

IL: suitable for Isofix type child restraint systems, specific and approved for this type of car. The child’s seat can be installed bymoving forward the front seat.

(*) The Isofix child seat can be mounted by positioning the front seat at its full height.

PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON ISOFIX CHILD’S SEAT USE

The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different installation possibilities of Isofix restraint systemson seats fitted with Isofix fasteners.

Range of weight Child’s seat Isofix class Isofix positionorientation side rear

Group 0 to 10 kg

Group 0+ to 13 kg

Group I - 9 to 18 kg

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing forwards

Facing forwards

Facing forwards

E

E

D

C

D

C

B

B1

A

IL

IL

IL

IL (*)

IL

IL (*)

IUF

IUF

IUF


124

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

DRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG fig. 15

It consists of an instant-inflating cushioncontained in a special recess in the cen-tre of the steering wheel.

fig. 15 F0Q0624m

Always keep your hands onthe steering wheel rim when

driving, so that if the air bag is trig-gered, it can inflate without meetingany obstacles which could cause seri-ous harm to you. Do not drive withthe body bent forwards, keep the seatback rest in the erect position andlean your back well against it.

WARNING

FRONT AIR BAGS

The car is fitted with front air bags for thedriver, for the passenger and with driver’sknees air bag (for versions/markets, whereprovided).

The front air bags (driver and passenger)and driver’s knees air bag (for ver-sions/markets, where provided) have beendesigned to protect the occupants in theevent of head-on crashes of medium-highseverity, by placing the cushion betweenthe occupant and the steering wheel ordashboard.

Front air bags are designed to protectcar’s occupants in front crashes and there-fore non-activation in other types of col-lisions (side collisions, rear shunts, roll-overs, etc.) is not a system malfunction.

In case of front crash, an electronic con-trol unit, when required, triggers the in-flation of the cushion according to theseverity of the collision. The cushion im-mediately inflates, placing itself as a pro-tection between the body of the front oc-cupants and the structure that could causeinjuries. Immediately after, the cushion de-flates.

The front driver/passenger air bags andthe driver’s knees air bag (for versions/markets, where provided) are not a re-placement of but complementary to theuse of belts, which should always be worn,as specified by law in Europe and most nonEuropean countries.

In case of crash, a person not wearing theseat belt moves forward and may come in-to contact with the cushion while it is stillinflating. Under this circumstance the pro-tection offered by the air bag is reduced.

Front air bag may not be activated in thefollowing situations:

❒ front collisions against highly de-formable objects not affecting the carfront surface (e.g. bumper collisionagainst guard rail, etc.);

❒ in case of wedging under other vehiclesor protective barriers (for example un-der a truck or guard rail);

as it offers no additional protection com-pared with the seat belts, consequently,it would be pointless. Therefore, failure tocome into action in the above circum-stances does not mean that the system isnot working properly.

Do not apply stickers or oth-er objects to the steering

wheel or to the air bag cover on thepassenger’s side or on the side rooflining. Do not put objects on thedashboard on passenger side sincethey could interfere with proper pas-senger air bag inflation and cause in-juries to the car’s passengers.

WARNING


125

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAGfig. 16

It consists of an instant-inflating cushioncontained into a special recess in thedashboard, this cushion has a volume big-ger than that of the driver.

The driver’s and passenger’s front Air bagshave been designed and calibrated to im-prove the protection of a person wear-ing seat belts.

At their maximum inflation, their volumefills most of the space between the dash-board and the passenger.

fig. 16 F0Q0700m

SERIOUS DANGER: Withpassenger’s air bag active,

never place child’s seats withthe cradle facing backwardssince the air bag activation

could cause to the child serious in-juries, even mortal. In the case ofneed, always deactivate the passen-ger’s air bag when a child’s seat isplaced on the front seat. The frontpassenger’s seat shall be adjusted inthe most backward position to pre-vent any contact between child’s seatand dashboard. Even if not compul-sory by law, you are recommended toreactivate the air bag immediately assoon as child transport is no longernecessary.

WARNING

DRIVER’S KNEES AIR BAG fig. 17(for versions/markets, where provided)

Knees air bag consists of an instant-inflat-ing cushion housed into a special com-partment provided for the purpose underthe steering wheel at driver’s knees level,designed to give further protection in theevent of frontal crash.

fig. 17

AUTO

F0Q0702m


126

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SSIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Window bag)

The car is fitted with front side bags fordriver and passenger (where provided) forprotecting the chest and window bags(where provided) for protecting front andrear passengers’ head.

Side bags protect car occupants from sidecrashes of medium-high severity, by plac-ing the cushion between the occupant andthe internal parts of the side structure ofthe car.

Non-activation of side bags in other typesof collisions (front collisions, rear shunts,roll-overs, etc...) is not a system malfunc-tion.

In case of side crash, an electronic controlunit, when required triggers the inflationof the cushion. The cushion immediatelyinflates, placing itself as a protection, be-tween the occupant’s body and the struc-ture that could cause injuries. Immediate-ly after, the cushion deflates.

Side bags are not a replacement of butcomplementary to the belts, which youare recommended to always wear, asspecified by law in Europe and most non-European countries.

SIDE BAGS(for versions/markets, where provided)

They consist of two types of instant infla-tion cushions and are housed in the backrests of the front seats fig. 18. The taskof the side air bags is to increase protec-tion of the occupants’ chest in the eventof a side crash of medium-high severity.

fig. 18 F0Q0701m

MANUAL DEACTIVATION OF PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG AND SIDE BAG

Should it be absolutely necessary to car-ry a child on the front seat, the passenger’sfront air bag and the side bag (where pro-vided) can be deactivated.

The instrument panel warning light “willstay on glowing steadily until reactivatingpassenger’s air bag.

To deactivate the passen-ger’s front air bag and the

side bag (for versions/markets, whereprovided), refer to paragraphs “Mul-tifunction display” and “Reconfig-urable multifunction display” in sec-tion “Dashboard and controls”.

WARNING


127

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

Never rest head, arms andelbows on the door, on the

windows and in the window bag areato prevent possible injuries during in-flation phase.

WARNING

Never lean head, arms andelbows out of the window.

WARNING

WINDOW BAGS fig. 19(for versions/markets, where provided)

It is formed by two "curtain" window bagsare located behind the side roof uphol-stery and are covered by special trimming.They were designed to protect the headof front and rear passengers in case of sidecollisions, thanks to the wide cushion in-flation surface.

In minor side crashes (for which the re-straining action of the seat belts is suffi-cient), the air bags are not deployed.

Do not cover the backrest offront seats with trims or cov-

ers that are not suitable to be usedwith side bags.

WARNING

Do not hook rigid objects tothe coat hooks and to the

support handles.

WARNINGAlso in this case it is of vital importance towear the seat belts since in case of sidecrash they guarantee proper positioningof the occupant and prevent the occupantsto be pitched out of the car in case of vi-olent crashes.

Therefore the front side bags (for ver-sions/markets, where provided) are nota replacement of but complementary tothe belts, which you are recommended toalways wear, as specified by law in Europeand most non-European countries.

IMPORTANT In the event of side crash,you can obtain the best protection by thesystem keeping a correct position on theseat, allowing thus a correct window bagunfolding.

IMPORTANT Do not wash seats withpressurised water or steam (by hand or atautomatic seat washing stations).

fig. 19 F0Q0703m


128

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

Life and validity of pyrotech-nic charge and coil contact

are indicated on the label located in-side the lower oddment compart-ment. As this date approaches, con-tact Fiat Dealership to have them re-placed.

WARNING

If when turning the ignitionkey to MAR, the warning

light ¬ does not turn on or if it stayson when travelling (together with themessage on the display) there couldbe a failure in safety systems; in thisevent air bags or pretensioners couldnot trigger in case of impact or, in aminor number of cases, they couldtrigger accidentally. Contact FiatDealership immediately to have thesystem checked.

WARNINGGENERAL WARNINGS

1) The front air bags and/or front andfront side bags (for versions/markets,where provided) may be deployed if thecar is subject to heavy knocks or accidentsinvolving the underbody area, such as forexample violent shocks, against steps,kerbs or low obstacles, falling of the car inbig holes or sags in the road.

2) When the airbag inflates it emits a smallamount of dusts. These dusts are harm-less and is not the beginning of a fire; thenthe unfold cushion surface and the car in-teriors can be covered by a dusty remains:this dust can irritate skin and eyes. In caseof contact, wash yourself using neutralsoap and water.

3) Should an accident occur in which anyof the safety devices is activated, take thecar to a Fiat Dealership to have the de-vices activated replaced and to have thesystem checked.

Every control, repair and replacement op-erations concerning the air bags must on-ly be carried out c/o Fiat Dealership.

If you are having the car scrapped, havethe air bag system deactivated at a FiatDealership first. If the car changes own-ership, the new owner must be informedof the method of use of air bags and theabove warnings and also be given this“Owner Handbook”.

4) The triggering of pretensioners, frontair bags and front side bags is decided ina differentiated manner, depending on thetype of crash. The failure to deploy one ormore of them does not mean that the sys-tem is not working properly.


129

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

If the car has been stolen oran attempt to steal it has

been made, if it has been subjected tovandals or floods, have the air bagsystem checked by Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

Never travel with objects onyour lap, in front of your

chest or with a pipe, pencil, etc. be-tween your lips; injury may result inthe event of the air bag being trig-gered.

WARNINGRemember that with the keyengaged and at MAR, even

with the engine not running, the airbags may be triggered on a stationarycar if it is bumped by another movingcar. Therefore, never seat children onthe front seat even when the car isstationary. On the other hand, re-member that with the key at STOPno safety system (air bags or preten-sioners) is triggered in the event of animpact; in this case, failure to comeinto action cannot be considered as asign that the system is not workingproperly.

WARNING

When the ignition key isturned to MAR, the warning

light “ (with passenger’s front Airbag on) turns on and flashes for fewseconds to remind that the passen-ger’s air bag will be deployed in acrash, after which it should go off.

WARNING

The front air bag is triggeredfor shocks greater in magni-

tude than the pretensioners. For im-pacts between these two thresholds,it is therefore normal that only thepretensioners are triggered.

WARNING

The air bag does not substi-tute the seat belts, but only

increases their effectiveness. More-over, since the front air bags do notcome into operation in the event offront impact at low speed, side colli-sions, bumps from behind or over-turning, in these circumstances theoccupants would only be protectedby the seat belts which must thereforealways be fastened.

WARNING


page intentionally left blank


131

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

ENGINE STARTING ........................................................... 132

PARKING................................................................................ 135

USING THE GEARBOX...................................................... 136

CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS................................. 137

TOWING TRAILERS............................................................ 139

SNOW TYRES ....................................................................... 141

SNOW CHAINS ................................................................... 141

CAR INACTIVITY ............................................................... 142

CCOORRRREECCTT UUSSEE OOFF TTHHEE CCAARR


ENGINE STARTING

The car is fitted with an electronic enginelock device: if the engine fails to start, seethe paragraph “The Fiat CODE system” insection “Dashboard and controls”.

The engine may be noisier than usual dur-ing the first seconds of operation, espe-cially after it has not been used for a while.This characteristic feature of the hydraulictappet system does not compromise func-tionality or reliability. This timing systemfor petrol engines was adopted to limitservicing.

Engine starting is guaranteed up to a min-imum temperature of –18°C (Italy andMiddle Europe) and –20°C (North Eu-rope).

132

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

STARTING PROCEDURE FORPETROL VERSIONS

Proceed as follows:

❒ pull up the handbrake;

❒ set the gear lever to neutral;

❒ press the clutch pedal down to thefloor without touching the accelerator;

❒ turn the ignition key to AVV and letit go the moment the engine starts.

If the engine does not start at the first at-tempt, return the ignition key to STOPbefore repeating starting.

If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warn-ing light Y remains (or the symbol on dis-play) lit together with warning light U,turn the key to STOP and then back toMAR; if the warning light remains on, trywith the other keys provided with the car.

We recommend that duringthe initial period you do notdrive to full car performance(e.g.: excessive acceleration,

long journeys at top speed, sharp brak-ing, etc.).

Running the engine in con-fined areas is extremely dan-

gerous. The engine consumes oxygenand produces carbon monoxidewhich is a highly toxic and lethal gas.

WARNING

When the engine is switchedoff never leave the ignition keyat MAR to prevent pointlesscurrent absorption from drain-

ing the battery.

If you are still unable to start the engine,perform the emergency start-up proce-dure (see “Emergency start-up” in section“In an emergency”) and contact Fiat Deal-ership.

IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition keyat MAR when the engine is off.


133

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

STARTING PROCEDURE FOR DIESEL VERSIONS

Proceed as follows:

❒ Ensure that the handbrake is up;

❒ set the gear lever to neutral;

❒ turn the ignition key to MAR. Thewarning lights m and Y (or the sym-bol on display) on the instrument pan-el will turn on;

❒ wait for the warning lights Y (or thesymbol on display) and m to turn off.The hotter the engine is, the quickerthis will happen;

❒ press the clutch pedal down to thefloor without touching the accelerator;

❒ turn the ignition key to AVV as soonas warning light m turns off. If youwait too long you will lose the benefitof the work done by the glow plugs. Re-lease the key as soon as the enginestarts.

IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition keyat MAR when the engine is off.

The warning light m willflash for 60 seconds at start-up or during prolonged crank-ing to signal a fault in the glow

plug heating system. You can use thecar as usual if the engine starts but youshould contact a Fiat Dealership assoon as possible.

IMPORTANT With cold engine, the ac-celerator pedal shall be completely re-leased while turning the ignition key toAVV.

If the engine does not start at the first at-tempt, return the ignition key to STOPbefore repeating starting.

If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warn-ing light Y on the instrument panel (orthe symbol on display) stays on, turn thekey to STOP and then back to MAR; ifthe warning light remains on, try with theother keys provided with the car.

If you still cannot start the engine, contactFiat Dealership.


134

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

STOPPING THE ENGINE

Turn the ignition to STOP while the en-gine is idling.

IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, youshould allow the engine to “catch itsbreath” before turning it off by letting itidle to allow the temperature in the en-gine compartment to fall.

Never bump start the engineby pushing, towing or coastingdownhill as this could causefuel to flow into the catalytic

exhaust system and damage it beyondrepair.

Remember that the servo-brake and power steering

are not operational until the enginehas been started, therefore much ef-fort than usual is required on thebrake pedal and steering wheel.

WARNING

A quick burst on the acceler-ator before turning off the en-gine serves absolutely no prac-tical purpose, it wastes fuel

and is damaging especially to tur-bocharged engines.

HOW TO WARM UP THEENGINE AFTER IT HAS JUST STARTED (petrol and diesel engines)

Proceed as follows:

❒ Drive off slowly, letting the engine turnat medium revs. Do not accelerateabruptly;

❒ Do not drive at full performance for theinitial kilometres. Wait until the coolanttemperature gauge starts moving.

EMERGENCY START-UP

If the instrument panel warning light Y(or the symbol on display) stays on withfixed light, contact Fiat Dealership.


135

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

PARKING

Proceed as follows:

❒ Stop the engine and engage the hand-brake;

❒ Engage a gear (1st if the car is faced up-hill or reverse if it is faced downhill) andleave the wheels steered.

Block the wheels with a wedge or a stoneif the car is parked on a steep slope. Donot leave the ignition key at MAR to pre-vent draining the battery. Always removethe key when you leave the car.

HANDBRAKE

The handbrake lever is located betweenthe two front seats.

Pull the handbrake lever upwards until thecar cannot be moved.

Four or five clicks are generally enoughwhen the car is on level ground while nineor ten may be required if the car is on asteep slope or laden.

IMPORTANT If this is not the case, con-tact Fiat Dealership to have the handbrakeadjusted.

In cars fitted with front armrest, lift thelatter so that it does not hinder the hand-brake engaging procedure.

When the handbrake lever is pulled upand the ignition key is at MAR, the in-strument panel warning light x will turnon.

To release the handbrake:

❒ slightly lift the handbrake and press re-lease button A-fig. 1;

❒ keep button A pressed and lower thelever. Warning light x will turn off.

Press the brake pedal when carrying outthis operation to prevent the car frommoving accidentally.

fig. 1 F0Q0628m

Never leave children unat-tended in the car. Always re-

move the ignition key when leavingthe car and take it out with you.

WARNING


136

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

USING THE GEARBOX

To engage the gears, press the clutch ped-al fully and shift the gear lever into the re-quired position (the diagram of gear po-sition is shown on the knob fig. 2, fig. 3and fig. 4.

To engage 6th gear (1.416V, 1.4 T-JET, 1.4 Turbo Multi Air, 1.6 Multijet, 1.9 Mul-tijet 16V version, 2.0 Multijet) press thelever to the right to prevent engaging 4th

gear by mistake. A similar action is re-quired to shift down from 6th to 5th.

IMPORTANT The car can only be put in-to reverse gear when it has stopped mov-ing completely. With the engine running,before engaging the reverse, wait at least2 seconds with the clutch pedal fully downto prevent damage and grating of thegears.

fig. 2 F0Q0734m fig. 3 F0Q0602m

To change gears properlyyou must push the clutch

pedal fully down. It is therefore es-sential that there is nothing under thepedals: make sure the mats are lyingflat and do not get in the way of thepedals.

WARNINGDo not drive with your handresting on the gear lever as theforce exerted, even if slight,could lead over time to pre-

mature wear on the gearbox internalcomponents.

To engage reverse R from neutral, lift ringA-fig. 2, A-fig. 3 or A-fig. 4 and, at thesame time:

❒ shift the lever to the right and back (ver-sions 1.416V, 1.6 Multijet, 1.9 Multijet16V) (fig. 2) and 1.9 Multijet 8V (fig. 3);

or

❒ shift the lever to the left and forward(versions 1.4 T-JET, 1.4 Turbo MultiAir, 2.0 Multijet) (fig. 4).

fig. 4 F0Q0783m


CONTAININGRUNNING COSTS

Here are some useful tips to save fuel andminimize polluting emissions of CO2 andother pollutants (nitric oxide, unburnt hy-drocarbons, fine dusts etc…).

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

Car maintenance

Have checks and adjustments carried outin accordance with the “Service schedule”.

Tyres

Check the pressure of the tyres routine-ly at an interval of no more than 4 weeks:if the pressure is too low, consumptionlevels increase as resistance to rolling ishigher.

Unnecessary loads

Do not travel with too much luggagestowed in the boot. The weight of the car(especially when driving in town) and itstrim greatly affects consumption and sta-bility.

Roof rack/ski rack

Remove the roof rack or the ski rack fromthe roof as soon as they are no longerused. These accessories lower air pene-tration and adversely affect consumptionlevels. When needing to carry particular-ly voluminous objects, preferably use atrailer.

Electric devices

Use electric devices only for the amountof time needed. Rear heated window, ad-ditional headlights, windscreen wipers andheater fan need a considerable amount ofenergy, therefore increasing the require-ment of current increases fuel consump-tion (up to +25% in the urban cycle).

Climate control

The air conditioner is an additional loadwhich greatly affects the engine leading tohigher consumption (on average up to+20%). When the temperature outsidethe car permits it, use the air vents wherepossible.

Spoilers

The use of non-certified aerodynamicitems may adversely affect air drag andconsumption levels.

137

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR


138

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Top speed

Fuel consumption considerably increaseswith speed. Avoid superfluous braking andaccelerating, which cost in terms of bothfuel and emissions.

Acceleration

Accelerating violently increasing the revswill greatly affect consumption and emis-sions: acceleration should be gradual andshould not exceed the maximum torque.

CONDITIONS OF USE

Cold starting

Short journeys and frequent cold starts donot allow the engine to reach optimumoperating temperature. This results in asignificant increase in consumption levels(from +15 to +30% on the urban cycle)and emission of harmful substances.

Traffic situations and roadconditions

Rather high consumption levels are tied tosituations with heavy traffic, for examplein queues with frequent use of the lowergears or in cities with many traffic lights.Also winding mountain roads and roughroad surfaces adversely affect consump-tion.

Traffic hold-ups

During prolonged hold-ups (traffic lights,level crossings) the engine should beswitched off.

DRIVING STYLE

Starting

Do not warm the engine with the car ata standstill or at idle or high speed: underthese conditions the engine warms upmuch more slowly, increasing electricalconsumption and emissions. It is thereforeadvisable to move off immediately, slow-ly, avoiding high speeds. This way the en-gine will warm faster.

Unnecessary actions

Avoid accelerating when waiting at trafficlights or before switching off the engine.This and also double declutching is ab-solutely pointless on modern cars and al-so increase consumption and pollution.

Gear selection

As soon as the conditions of the traffic androad allow, use a higher gear. Using a lowgear to obtain brilliant performance in-creases consumption.

In the same way improper use of a highgear increases consumption, emissions anengine wear.


139

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

TOWING TRAILERS

IMPORTANT NOTES For towing caravans or trailers the carmust be fitted with a certified tow hookand an adequate electric system. Installa-tion should be carried out by specialisedpersonnel who release a special documentfor circulation on the road.Install any specific and/or additional rear-view mirrors as specified by law.Remember that when towing a trailer,steep hills are harder to climb, the brak-ing spaces increase and overtaking takeslonger depending on the overall weight.Engage a low gear when driving downhill,rather than constantly using the brake.The weight the trailer exerts on the car towhook reduces by the same amount the ac-tual car loading capacity. To make sure themaximum towable weight is not exceeded(given in the log book) account should betaken of the fully laden trailer, including ac-cessories and personal belongings.Do not exceed the speed limits of thecountry you are driving in. In any case donot exceed 80 km/h.

INSTALLING THE TOW HOOK

The towing device should be fastened tothe body by specialised personnel accord-ing to any additional and/or integrative in-formation supplied by the Manufacturer ofthe device. The towing device must meetcurrent regulations with reference to94/20/EC Directive and subsequentamendments. For any version the towingdevice used must match the towableweight of the car on which it is to be in-stalled.

IMPORTANT Supplementary electricloads other than external lights (e.g. elec-tric brake, electric winch, etc.) shall beused with running engine.

For the electric connection a unified con-nector should be used which is generallyplaced on a special bracket normally fas-tened to the towing device, and a specialECU for external trailer light control shallbe installed on the car.

For the electrical connection, 7 or 13 pin12VDC connection is to be used (CU-NA/UNI and ISO/DIN Standards). Followthe instructions provided by the car man-ufacturer and/or the tow hitch manufac-turer.

The ABS system with whichthe car may be fitted does

not control the trailer braking system.Drive with extreme care on slipperyroadbeds.

WARNING

Under no circumstancesshould the car brake system

be altered to control the trailer brake.The trailer braking system must befully independent of the car’s hy-draulic system.

WARNING

Any electric brake (or electric winch, etc.)should be supplied directly by the batterythrough a cable with a cross section of noless than 2.5 mm2.

IMPORTANT Electric brake or other de-vice shall be used with running engine.

In addition to the electrical branches, thecar electric system can only be connect-ed to the supply cable for an electric brakeand to the cable for an internal light,though not above 15W. For connectionsuse the preset control unit with batterycable no less than 2.5 mm2.


140

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

Assembly diagram fig. 5

The tow-hook structure must be securedat the points indicated with Ø with a to-tal of 2 M8 bolts, 4 M10 bolts and 2 M12bolts.

The hook should be fastened to the bodyavoiding any type of drilling and trimmingof the rear bumpers that remains visiblewhen the hook is removed.

After fitting, screw holes shall be sealed toprevent exhaust gas inlet.

F0Q0249mfig. 5

Existing hole

REA

R A

XLE

Existing holes

Full

load

Ball to 94/20 EC standard

Existing holes

Existing holes

Existing holes


141

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

SNOW TYRES

Use snow tyres of the same size as thenormal tyres provided with the car.

Fiat Dealership will be happy to provideadvice concerning the most suitable typeof tyre for the customer’s requirements.

For the type of tyre to be used, inflationpressures and the specifications of snowtyres, follow the instructions given in para-graph “Wheels” in section “Technicalspecifications”.

The winter features of these tyres are re-duced considerably when the tread depthis below 4 mm. In this case, they shouldbe replaced.

Due to the snow tyre features, under nor-mal conditions of use or on long motor-way journeys, the performance of thesetyres is lower than that of normal tyres. Itis therefore necessary to limit their use tothe purposes for which they are certified.

IMPORTANT When snow tyres are usedwith a max speed index below the onethat can be reached by the car (increasedby 5%), place a notice in the passenger’scompartment, plainly in the driver’s viewwhich states the max permissible speed ofthe snow tyres (as per EC Directive).

All four tyres should be the same (brandand track) to ensure greater safety whendriving and braking and better driveability.

Remember that it is inappropriate tochange the direction of rotation of tyres.

The max speed for snowtyres with “Q” marking is

160 km/h; 190 km/h for tyres with “T”marking and 210 km/h for tyres withH marking. The Road Traffic Codespeed limits must however be alwaysstrictly observed.

WARNING

SNOW CHAINS

Use of snow chains should be in compli-ance with local regulations.

Snow chains should only be applied to thedriving wheels (front wheels).

Check the tension of the chains after thefirst few metres have been driven. Usesnow chains with reduced size:

– for 195/65 R15” and 205/55 R16” tyresuse snow chains with reduced size withmax protrusion beyond the tyre profile of9 mm:

– for 225/45 R17” tyres use snow chainswith reduced size with max protrusion be-yond the tyre profile of 7 mm.

IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot be fit-ted to the space-saver spare wheel. So, ifa front wheel is punctured and chains areneeded, a rear wheel should be fitted tothe front of the car and the spare wheelshould be fitted to the rear.

This way with two normal drive wheels,snow chains can be fitted to them to solvean emergency.


Keep your speed downwhen snow chains arefitted. Do not exceed

50 km/h. Avoid potholes, stepsand pavements and avoid also to drivefor long distances on roads not coveredwith snow to prevent damaging the carand the roadbed.

142

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IMPORTANT Snow chains may not beused on tyres type 225/40 R18 92V sinceinterference can be generated with thesurrounding components.

CAR INACTIVITY

If the car is to be left inactive for longerthan a month, the following precautionsshould be noted:

❒ park the car in covered, dry and if pos-sible well-ventilated premises;

❒ engage a gear;

❒ check that the handbrake is not en-gaged;

❒ disconnect the battery negative termi-nal (for versions with Start&Stop sys-tem refer to the paragraph “Start&Stopsystem” in the “Dashboard and con-trols” section);

❒ clean and protect the painted parts us-ing protective wax;

❒ clean and protect the shiny metal partsusing special compounds readily avail-able.

❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubberwindscreen and rear window wiperblades and lift them off the glass;

❒ slightly open the windows;

❒ cover the car with a cloth or perforat-ed plastic sheet. Do not use sheets ofnon-perforated plastic as they do notallow moisture on the car body toevaporate;

❒ inflate tyres to +0,5 bar above the nor-mal specified pressure and check it atintervals;

❒ do not drain the engine cooling system.

IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch offthe car alarm with the remote control.


143

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

GENERAL WARNINGS ..................................................... 144LOW BRAKE FLUID ............................................................ 144HANDBRAKE ON................................................................ 144BRAKE PAD WEAR ............................................................ 144AIR BAG FAILURE................................................................ 145

FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG/SIDE BAGS DEACTIVATED ....................................................... 145SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED.......................................... 146LOW BATTERY CHARGE ................................................. 146LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.......................................... 146EXHAUSTED OIL ................................................................ 146

“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING FAILURE.............................................................. 147

“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING ACTIVATION ....................................................................... 147START&STOP SYSTEM ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION 147ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE ................ 148INCOMPLETE DOOR LOCKING.................................... 148BOOT OPEN......................................................................... 148BONNET OPEN ................................................................... 148GENERIC FAILURE INDICATION ................................. 149DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED ................. 149FUEL RESERVE....................................................................... 150EOBD/INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE............................. 151ESP SYSTEM .......................................................................... 151

HILL HOLDER FAILURE .................................................... 151

GLOW PLUG WARMING ................................................ 151GLOW PLUG WARMING FAILURE ............................... 151WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER ..................................... 151ABS SYSTEM FAILURE......................................................... 152EBD SYSTEM FAILURE ........................................................ 152CAR PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE FIAT CODE.. 152ALARM FAILURE .................................................................. 152THEFT ATTEMPT ................................................................. 152T.P.M.S. SYSTEM FAILURE ................................................. 153LOW TYRE PRESSURE ...................................................... 153CHECK TYRE PRESSURE .................................................. 153TYRE PRESSURE UNSUITABLE FOR SPEED................. 153EXTERNAL LIGHTS FAILURE........................................... 155BRAKE LIGHTS FAILURE ................................................... 155REAR FOGLIGHTS............................................................... 155FRONT FOG LIGHTS.......................................................... 155LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR........................ 155RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR.................... 155SIDE/TAILLIGHTS AND LOW BEAMS ........................... 156FOLLOW ME HOME........................................................... 156MAIN BEAMS......................................................................... 156CRUISE CONTROL ............................................................ 156POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD ........... 156LIMITED RANGE ................................................................. 156ASR SYSTEM ......................................................................... 156SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED .................................................. 156

SPORT FUNCTION ACTIVATION................................. 156

WWAARRNNIINNGG LLIIGGHHTTSS AANNDD MMEESSSSAAGGEESS


144

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

WARNING LIGHTSAND MESSAGES

GENERAL WARNINGS

Turning on of warning light and/or symbolis accompanied by specific message and/orby buzzer sound where provided by in-strument panel. These indications areconcise and cautionary and shall not beconsidered as exhaustive and/or as an al-ternative to the specifications containedin this Owner Handbook which shall al-ways be read through carefully and thor-oughly. In case of failure indication alwaysrefer to the specifications containedin this section.

IMPORTANT Failure indications displayedare divided into two categories: very se-rious and less serious failures.

Very serious failures are indicated by arepeated and prolonged warning “cycle”.

Less serious failures are indicated by alimited warning “cycle”.

The warning cycle of both failure classescan be stopped by pressing buttonMODE. The warning light (or symbol onthe display) will stay on until eliminatingthe fault.

Handbrake on

The warning light turns on when the hand-brake is on.

If the car is moving, a buzzer will alsosound.

IMPORTANT If the warning light turns onwhen travelling, check that the handbrakeis not engaged.

LOW BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL (red)

HANDBRAKE ON (red)

Turning the ignition key to MAR thewarning light turns on, but it should go offafter few seconds.

Low brake fluid level

The warning light turns on when the lev-el of the brake fluid in the reservoir fallsbelow the minimum level, due to possi-ble leak in the circuit.

The display will show the dedicated mes-sage.

BRAKE PADWEAR (amber)

The warning light (or the symbol on thedisplay) turns on if the front brake padsare worn; in this case have them changedas soon as possible.


IMPORTANT Since the car is fitted withwear sensors for the front brake pads,when changing them, check also the rearbrake pads.

x

If the x warning lightturns on when travelling

(together with the message on thedisplay) stop the car immediatelyand contact Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

d


FRONT PASSENGERAIR BAG /SIDE BAGSDEACTIVATED (amber)

Warning light “ will come on when de-activating the passenger front air bag andside bag (for versions/markets, where pro-vided). With passenger front air bag ac-tive, turning the ignition key to MAR,warning light “ will turn on with fixedlight for about 4 seconds and then it willflash for other 4 seconds. It shall then gooff.

145

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

AIR BAG FAILURE (red)

Turning the ignition key to MARthe warning light turns on, but it should gooff after few seconds.

The warning light stays on glowing steadi-ly if there is a failure in the air bag system.


¬

If when turning the ignitionkey to MAR, the warning

light ¬ does not turn on or stays onwhen travelling there could be afailure in safety systems; in thisevent air bags or pretensionerscould not trigger in case of impactor, in a minor number of cases, theycould trigger accidentally. ContactFiat Dealership immediately tohave the system checked.

WARNING

The failure of the ¬warn-ing light is also indicated by

the flashing for more than the nor-mal 4 seconds of the passenger’sfront air bag deactivated warninglight “. In addition the air bag sys-tem will deactivate automaticallythe passenger’s air bags (front andside, for versions/markets, whereprovided). In this event, warninglight ¬ could not indicate safetysystems failures. Contact Fiat Deal-ership immediately to have the sys-tem checked.

WARNING

“

The failure of the warninglight “ is indicated by the

turning on of warning light ¬. Inaddition the air bag system will de-activate automatically the passen-ger’s air bags (front and side, forversions/ markets, where provided).Contact Fiat Dealership immedi-ately to have the system checked.

WARNING


146

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED (red)

The warning light comes on con-stantly with the vehicle stationary if thedriver’s seat belt is not properly fastened.The warning light will flash, together witha buzzer, when the driver’s seat belt and,on some versions, the passenger seat belt,is not correctly fastened when the vehicleis in motion.

The S.B.R. (Seat Belt Reminder) buzzercan only be excluded by Fiat Dealership.

The system can be reactivated through theset-up menu.

LOW BATTERYCHARGE (red)

Turning the ignition key toMAR the warning light (for ver-

sions/markets, where provided) turns on,but it should go out as soon as the engineis started (with the engine running at idlespeed a brief delay in going out is allowed).

If the warning light (or the symbol on thedisplay) stays on glowing steadily or flash-ing, contact immediately Fiat Dealership.

Light stays on: LOWENGINE OIL PRESSURE(red)

Flashing light: EXHAUSTED ENGINE OIL (only Multijet versions with DPF - red)

When the ignition key is turned to MAR,the warning light switches on and shouldgo out as soon as the engine is started.

1. Low engine oil pressure

The warning light turns on and stays onconstantly (for versions/markets, whereprovided) along with the message on thedisplay when the system detects that en-gine oil pressure is low.

<

w

v

2. Exhausted engine oil (only Multijet versions with DPF)

The warning light will flash and a specificmessage will appear on the display (forversions/markets, where provided). Thewarning light may flash in the followingways, depending on the version:

– for 1 minute every two hours;

– for 3 minute cycles with the warninglight off for intervals of 5 seconds until oilis changed.

After the initial warning, each time the en-gine is started up, the warning light willcontinue to flash in the above mentionedmodes, until the oil is changed. A specificmessage will appear on the display (forversions/markets, where provided) in ad-dition to the warning light.

If the warning light flashes, this does notmean that the car is defective but simplyinforms the driver that it is now necessaryto change the oil as a result of regular ve-hicle use.

If the warning light vturns on when the vehicle

is travelling (on certain versions to-gether with the message on the dis-play) stop the engine immediatelyand contact a Fiat Dealership.

WARNING


147

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

“DUALDRIVE”ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING FAILURE (red)


If the warning light (or the symbol on thedisplay) stays on, you will not have steer-ing assistance and the effort on the steer-ing wheel will be increased, steering ishowever possible. Contact Fiat Dealer-ship.


g

“DUALDRIVE”ELECTRIC POWERSTEERINGACTIVATION (green or symbol on the display)

The warning light (or the word CITY onthe display) turns on when the “Du-aldrive” electric power steering is activat-ed by pressing the relevant control but-ton. Pressing the button again will turn offthe word CITY.

CITY

Exhausted engine oil shouldbe replaced as soon as pos-

sible after the warning light comeson, never more than 500 km afterthe warning light first comes on.Failure to change the oil within thefirst 500 km may result in severedamage to the engine and will resultin forfeiture of the warranty.Remember that when the warninglight flashes, it does not mean thatthe level of engine oil is low, so if thelight flashes you must not top up.

WARNING

Note that engine oil is exhausted fasterunder the following circumstances:

– use of the vehicle prevalently for city dri-ving, requiring more frequent regenera-tion of DPF

– use of the vehicle for short drives, inwhich the engine does not have time toreach its regular operating temperature

– repeated interruption of the regenera-tion process, signalled by the DPF warn-ing light coming on.

Start&Stop SYSTEMACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION(for versions/markets, where provided)

Turning the Start&Stop system on

A message and a symbol U will appear onthe display when the Start&Stop system ison. In this condition, LED located overbutton T is off.

Turning the Start&Stop off

Versions with reconfigurable multifunctiondisplay: T symbol and a message will ap-pear on the display when the Start&Stopsystem is off.

The LED on the T button is on when thesystem is deactivated.

Start&Stop SYSTEM FAULT(versions with reconfigurablemultifunction display)

A message and a j symbol will appear onthe display when the Start&Stop system isfaulty. Contact the Fiat Dealership.

U

j


148

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

ENGINE COOLANTHIGH TEMPERATURE(red)


The warning light turns on when the en-gine is overheated.

If the warning light comes on, proceed asfollows:

❒ normal driving conditions: stop thecar, switch off the engine and checkwhether the water level in the reser-voir is not below the MIN mark. Oth-erwise wait for few seconds to allowengine cooling, then open slowly andcarefully the cap, top up coolant andcheck whether its level is falling be-tween MIN and MAX marks in thereservoir. Check visually any leak and ifwhen restarting the warning lightcomes on again, contact a Fiat Dealer-ship.

❒ Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing traileruphill of fully laden car): decrease speed,if the warning light stays on, stop thecar. Wait for 2 or 3 minutes leaving theengine on and slightly accelerated tofurther activate the circulation of thecoolant fluid, then switch the engine off.Check proper coolant level as de-scribed previously.

IMPORTANT Under severe use of thecar, keep the engine on and slightly accel-erated for few minutes before switching itoff.


çINCOMPLETE DOORLOCKING (red)

The warning light (or the sym-bol on the display) turns on when

one or more doors are not properly shut.

The buzzer will sound when one or moredoors are open and the car is moving.

´

BOOT OPEN

The symbol (for versions/markets, where provided) on

the display turns on when theboot is not properly shut.

On certain versions the warning light ´turns on instead.

R

BONNET OPEN

The symbol (for versions/markets, where provided) on

the display turns on when thebonnet is not properly shut.

On certain versions the warning light ´turns on instead.

S


149

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

GENERIC FAILUREINDICATION (amber)

Inertial fuel cut-off switch intervenedThe warning light (or the symbol on dis-play) comes on when the inertial fuel cut-off switch is triggered. The display will show the dedicated message.

Engine oil pressure sensor failureThe warning light (or the symbol on thedisplay) turns on when a fault is detectedto engine oil pressure sensor.

Start&Stop fault (for versions/markets where provided)(versions with multifunction display)The warning light comes on when aStart&Stop failure is detected.A specific message is displayed on certainversions.

Twilight sensor failureThe warning light (or the symbol on dis-play) turns on when a fault is detected tothe twilight sensor. The display will show the dedicated message.

Speed limit exceeded (only for Arabic countries)The warning light (amber), or symbol onthe display (red), comes on when a speedof 120 km/h is exceeded.

èCLEANING DPF(PARTICULATEFILTER) IN PROGRESS(only Multijet versionswith DPF - amber)

When the ignition key is turned to MAR,the warning light switches on but it mustswitch off after a few seconds. The warn-ing light comes on constantly to notify thedriver that the DPF system needs to elim-inate captured pollutants (particulate) bythe regeneration process. The warninglight does not come on during every DPFregeneration, but only when driving con-ditions require notification of the driver.To switch the warning light off, the carmust stay in motion until regeneration hasbeen completed.

The process normally takes about 15 min-utes.

The optimum conditions to end theprocess are achieved by keeping the car inmotion up to 60 km/h with an enginespeed higher than 2,000 rpm.

This light coming on is not a car defect andtherefore the car does not need to go tothe workshop. A specific message will ap-pear on the display when the warning lightcomes on (for versions/markets, whereprovided).

h

Rain sensor failure

The warning light (or the symbol on thedisplay) on the dial turns on when the rainsensor is faulty. Contact Fiat Dealership.


Parking sensors failure (for versions/markets, where provided)

The warning light (or the symbol on thedisplay) when a fault is detected to park-ing sensors.

Tyre pressure monitoring system failure (for versions/markets, where provided)

The warning light (or the symbol on thedisplay) turns on when a failure is detect-ed in the T.P.M.S. system (for versions/markets, where provided).

Should one or more wheels without sen-sor be fitted, the instrument panel warn-ing light will come on and stay on untilrestoring initial conditions.


NOTE When one of the above faults oc-curs, contact your Fiat Dealership as soonas possible.


150

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

EOBD/INJECTIONSYSTEM FAILURE(amber)

Under normal conditions, turningthe ignition key to MAR, the warning lightturns on, but it should go off when the en-gine has started.

If the warning light stays on or turns onwhen travelling, means a fault in the sup-ply/ignition system which could cause highemissions at the exhaust, possible lack ofperformance, poor handling and high con-sumption levels.


In these conditions it is possible to con-tinue driving without however requiringheavy effort or high speed from the en-gine. Prolonged use of the car with thewarning light on may cause damages. Con-tact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.

The warning light turns off if the fault dis-appears, but it is still stored by the system.

U

If, turning the ignition key toMAR, the warning light Udoes not turn on or if it turnson glowing steadily or flash-

ing when travelling (on certain ver-sions together with the message onthe display), contact Fiat Dealershipas soon as possible. Warning light Uoperation can be checked by trafficagents by proper equipment. Com-ply with laws and regulations of thecountry where you are driving.

Petrol engines only

Warning light turning on flashing indicatesthe possibility of damage to the catalyst.

If the light flashes, it is necessary to releasethe accelerator pedal to lower the speedof the engine until the warning light stopsflashing; continue the journey at moder-ate speed, trying to avoid driving condi-tions that may cause further flashing andcontact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-ble.

FUEL RESERVE (amber)

Turning the ignition key toMAR the warning light turns on,

but it should go off after few seconds. Thewarning light turns on when about 8 litresfuel are left in the tank.

IMPORTANT The warning light flashes toindicate a failure, contact Fiat Dealershipas soon as possible to have the systemchecked.

ç

Always drive at a speed ap-propriate to the traffic

conditions, the weather and speedlimits. The engine may be turnedoff while the DPF light is on; how-ever, repeated interruption of theregeneration process may result inpremature exhaustion of engine oil.For this reason it is always advisableto wait for the light to go off beforeturning off the engine, following theinstructions appearing above. It isnot advisable to complete DPF re-generation with the vehicle sta-tionary.

WARNING


HILL HOLDER FAILURE (amber)

The symbol * will turn onwhen the Hill Holder system isfaulty. Contact Fiat Dealershipas soon as possible.

On certain versions warninglight á turns on as an alternative.


151

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

ESP SYSTEM (amber)


but it should go off after few seconds.

If the warning light does not turn off orstays on when travelling together with thebutton led ASR, contact Fiat Dealership.

On certain versions the dedicated mes-sage is displayed.

Warning light flashing when driving indi-cates that the ESP system is active.

á

á

GLOW PLUGWARMING (Multijet versions)(amber)

GLOW PLUGWARMING FAILURE(Multijet versions) (amber)

Glow plug warming

Turning the ignition key to MAR thewarning light turns on and it will go offwhen glow plugs reach the preset tem-perature. Start the engine immediately af-ter warning light turning off.

IMPORTANT With high ambient tem-perature, warning light stays on for veryshort time.

Glow plug warming failure

The warning light turns on when there isa failure in the glow plug warming system.Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-ble.


m

*

WATER IN DIESELFUEL FILTER (Multijet versions) (amber)


The warning light turns on when there iswater in the diesel fuel filter.


c

The presence of water in thefuel circuit may cause seriousdamage to the entire injec-tion system and cause irreg-

ular engine operation. If the warninglight c turns on (together with themessage on the display), contact Fi-at Dealership as soon as possible tohave the system relieved. If the aboveindications come on immediately af-ter refuelling, water has probablybeen poured into the tank: turn theengine off immediately and contactFiat Dealership.


152

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

EBD SYSTEMFAILURE(red) (amber)

The turning on at the same time of warn-ing lights x and > with the engine run-ning indicates an EBD system failure orthat the system is unavailable; in this caseheavy braking may cause the rear wheelsto lock before time, with the possibility ofskidding.

Drive with the utmost care to the near-est Fiat Dealership to have the systemchecked.


x >

CAR PROTECTIONSYSTEM FAILURE - FIAT CODE(amber)

ALARM FAILURE(amber)(for versions/markets, whereprovided)

THEFT ATTEMPT (amber)

Car protection system failure -Fiat CODE

Turning the key to MAR the warning lightshall flash only once and then go off.

The turning on of the warning light (or thesymbol on the display) glowing steadily,with the ignition key at MAR, indicates aprobable failure (see “Fiat CODE system”in section “Dashboard and controls”).


IMPORTANT The turning on at the sametime of warning lights U and Y (or sym-bol on display) indicates a failure of the Fiat CODE system.

YIf with the engine running the warning lightY flashes, this means that the car is notprotected by the engine immobilising de-vice (see “Fiat CODE system” in section“Dashboard and controls”).

Contact Fiat Dealership to have all thekeys memorised.

Alarm failure (for versions/markets, where provided)

The turning on of the warning light (orsymbol on display) indicates a failure in thealarm system. Contact Fiat Dealership assoon as possible.


Theft attempt

The turning on of the warning light (orsymbol on display) indicates an attempt ofbreak-in. Contact Fiat Dealership as soonas possible.


ABS SYSTEM FAILURE(amber)


but it should go off after few seconds.

The warning light turns on when the sys-tem is inefficient or unavailable. In this casethe braking system keeps its effectivenessunchanged, but without the potential of-fered by the ABS system.

Caution is advisable and it is necessary tocontact Fiat Dealership.


>


153

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

LOW TYRE PRESSURE (amber-red)(for versions/markets, where provided)

CHECK TYRE PRESSURE (amber)(for versions/markets, where provided)

TYRE PRESSUREUNSUITABLE FOR SPEED (amber)(for versions/markets, where provided)

Turning the ignition key to MAR thewarning light (for versions/markets, whereprovided) will turn on, but it should go offafter a few seconds.

nT.P.M.S. SYSTEMFAILURE (for versions/markets, where provided)

On certain versions the display will showa warning message + symbol (amber)when a failure is detected in the T.P.M.S.system (Tyre Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem). Contact Fiat Dealership as soon aspossible.

Should one or more wheels without sen-sor be fitted, the display will show a warn-ing message until initial conditions are re-stored.

nLow tyre pressure

The warning light (amber) or symbol onthe display (red) come on if the pressureof one or more tyres drops below a pre-set threshold.

In this way, the TPMS system notifies thedriver by indicating that the tyre/s is dan-gerously deflated and is therefore proba-bly punctured.

IMPORTANT Stop immediately with oneor more tyres flat, avoid braking sharplyand abrupt turns. Replace immediately thepunctured tyre with the space-saver sparewheel (for versions/markets, where pro-vided) or repair the puncture tyre usingthe proper kit (see paragraph “If a tyre ispunctured” in section “In an emergency”)and then contact Fiat Dealership as soonas possible.


154

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

Check tyre pressure

The warning light (or the symbol on thedisplay) turns on to indicate that the tyrepressure is below the recommended val-ue which ensures the long life of the tyreand optimum fuel consumption, and/or toindicate a slow pressure leak.

Should two or more tyre be flat, the dis-play will show the indications corre-sponding to each tyre in sequence.Restore proper inflation pressure valuesas soon as possible (see paragraph “Coldinflation pressures” in section “TechnicalSpecifications”).

Tyre pressure unsuitable for speed

Should it be required to journey at a speedhigher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at pres-sures values specified in paragraph “Infla-tion pressures”.

If the T.P.M.S. system (for versions/ mar-kets, where provided) detects that thepressure of one or more tyres is unsuit-able for the current speed, the warninglight will turn on (together with the mes-sage on the display) (see paragraph “Lowtyre pressure” in this section) and it willstay on until the car speed slow downs be-low the preset threshold.

IMPORTANT In this case slow down im-mediately since tyre overheating could im-pair tyre performance and life beyond re-pair, and even make the tyre to blow-out.

Strong radio-frequency nois-es could inhibit the regular

operation of the T.P.M.S. system.This condition will be indicated by amessage (for versions/markets, whereprovided). The warning message willgo off automatically as soon as theradio-frequency noise will stop to dis-turb the system.

WARNING


BRAKE LIGHTSFAILURE (amber)

The symbol on the displayturns on when a failure at brake

lights (stop) is detected.

The failure could be due to: blown bulb,blown protection fuse or electric con-nection cut-off.

On certain versions warning light W turnson as an alternative.

155

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

EXTERNAL LIGHTSFAILURE (amber)

The warning light (or thesymbol on the display) turns on

when one of the following lights is failing:

❒ side/taillights

❒ brake lights or relevant fuse (see whatdescribed for symbol T).

❒ rear fog lights

❒ direction indicators

❒ number plate lights.

The failure referring to these lights couldbe: one or more blown bulbs, a blownprotection fuse or an electric connec-tion cut-off.


W

REAR FOG LIGHTS(amber)

The warning light turns onwhen the rear fog lights are

turned on.

4

FRONT FOG LIGHTS(green)

The warning light turns onwhen the front fog lights are

turned on.

5

LEFT-HANDDIRECTION INDICATOR (green - intermittent)

The warning light turns on when the di-rection indicator stalk is moved down-wards or, together with the right indica-tor, when the hazard warning light buttonis pressed.

RIGHT-HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green - intermittent)

The warning light turns on when the di-rection indicator stalk is moved upwardsor, together with the left indicator, whenthe hazard warning light button is pressed.

F

D

T


156

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

ASR SYSTEM

The ASR system can be turned off bypressing the ASR OFF button. The displaywill show the dedicated message to warnthe driver that the system is off; at thesame time the button led will turn on.

Pressing again the ASR OFF button willturn off the button led and the display willshow the dedicated message to warn thedriver that the system is active again.

SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED

The display will show the dedicated mes-sage when the car exceeds the speed lim-it set on setup menu.

SPORT FUNCTIONACTIVATION

The S symbol lights up on the instrumentpanel when the same function is activat-ed by pressing the relevant control but-ton. The S symbol goes off when the but-ton is pressed again.

CRUISE CONTROL(green)(for versions/markets, whereprovided)


The warning light turns on when turningthe Cruise Control knurled ring to ON.


Ü

POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICEON THE ROAD

This indication starts flashing and symbol ❄is displayed when the outside temperaturereaches or falls below 3°C to warn the dri-ver of the possible presence of ice on theroad.


LIMITED RANGE

The display will show the dedicated mes-sage to warn the driver that the cruisingrange is less than 50 km.

MAIN BEAMS (blue)

The warning light turns onwhen the main beams are

turned on.

1

SIDE/TAILLIGHTS ANDLOW BEAMS (green)

FOLLOW ME HOME

Side/taillights and low beams

The warning light turns on whenside/taillights, parking lights or low beamsare turned on.

Follow me home

The warning light will turn when this de-vice is active (see “Follow me home” insection “Dashboard and controls”).


3


157

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

ENGINE STARTING ........................................................... 158

IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED ............................................... 159

QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT FIX & GO automatic ......... 165

WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB ................... 169

IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT.......................... 172

IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT .......................... 177

IF A FUSE BLOWS................................................................ 180

IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT .................................................. 189

JACKING THE CAR............................................................. 190

TOWING THE CAR ........................................................... 191

IINN AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY

In an emergency we recommend that you call the toll-free number found on the Warranty Booklet. You can also connect to the site www.fiat.com

to search for the nearest Fiat Dealership point


158

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YENGINE STARTING

EMERGENCY START-UP

If the instrument panel warning light Yturns on glowing steadily, contact im-mediately Fiat Dealership.

JUMP STARTING

If the battery is flat, it is possible to startthe engine using an auxiliary battery withthe same capacity or a little higher thanthe flat one.

Proceed as follows fig. 1:

❒ Connect positive terminals (+ near theterminal) of the two batteries with ajump lead;

❒ With a second lead, connect the nega-tive terminal (–) of the auxiliary batteryand to an earthing point E on the en-gine or the gearbox of the car to bestarted;

❒ Start the engine;

❒ When the engine has been started, re-move the leads reversing the orderabove.

For versions with Start&Stop system, incase of starting by booster battery, referto the to the paragraph “Start&Stop sys-tem” in the “Dashboard and controls”section.

If after a few attempts the engine does notstart, do not insist but contact the near-est Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT Do not directly connect thenegative terminals of the two batteries:sparks could ignite the flammable gas fromthe battery. If the other battery is fitted inanother car, prevent accidental contactsbetween the metal parts of the two cars.

BUMP STARTING

Never bump start the engine (by pushing,towing, or coasting downhill) as this couldcause fuel to flow into the catalytic ex-haust system and damage it beyond repair.

IMPORTANT Remember that the servo-brake and electrical power steering sys-tem are not operating until the engine isstarted, a greater effort will therefore berequired to press the brake pedal or turnthe steering wheel.

fig. 1 F0Q0765m

Under no circumstances shoulda battery charger be used tostart the engine: it could dam-age the electronic systems and

in particular the ignition and injectioncontrol units.

Do not carry out this proce-dure if you lack experience;

if it is not done correctly it can causevery intense electrical discharges. Inaddition, the fluid contained in thebattery is poisonous and corrosive.Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Youare also advised not to put nakedflames or lighted cigarettes near thebattery and not to cause sparks.

WARNING


159

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED

The car is provided with the “Quick tyrerepair kit Fix&Go automatic“: see the rel-evant instructions for use in next chapter.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

As an alternative to the Fix&Go kit, thecar can be provided (upon request) withspace-saver spare wheel or standard sizespare wheel; wheel changing and correctuse of the jack and space-saver sparewheel call for some precautions as listedbelow.

Alert other drivers that thecar is stationary in compli-

ance with local regulations: hazardwarning lights, warning triangle, etc.Any passengers on board should leavethe car, especially if it is heavily laden.Passengers should stay away from on-coming traffic while the wheel is be-ing changed. If parked on a slope orrough surface, chock the wheels withwedges or other suitable devices toprevent the car from rolling.

WARNINGThe space-saver spare wheel(for versions/markets, where

provided) is specific to your car, donot use it on other models, or use thespare wheel of other models on yourcar. The space-saver spare wheelshall only be used in an emergency. Itshall only be used for the distancenecessary to reach a service point andthe car speed shall not exceed 80Km/h. The spare wheel has an orangesticker that summarises the main cau-tions for use and limitations. Thesticker should never be removed orcovered. Never fit a wheel cap on aspace-saver spare wheel. The stickergives the following information in fourlanguages: caution! For temporaryuse only! 80 km/h max! Replace bynormal wheel as soon as possible. Donot cover this label.

WARNING


160

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YThe jack shall only be usedfor changing wheels on the

car with which it is provided or oncars of the same model. It must notbe used for other purposes such as forinstance raising cars of other models.In no case should it be used for repairsunder the car. Incorrect positioningof the jack may cause the jacked carto fall. Do not use the jack for high-er capacities than stated on its label.Snow chains cannot be fitted to thespace-saver spare wheel. So, if a front(drive) wheel is punctured and chainsare needed, a rear wheel should befitted to the front of the car and thespare wheel should be fitted to therear. This way with two normal dri-ve wheels, snow chains can be fittedto them to solve an emergency.

WARNINGFasten the wheel cap cor-rectly to prevent the wheel

from coming free in motion. Nevertamper with the inflation valve. Nev-er place tools between the rim andtyre. Check and restore, if required,the pressure of tyres and spare wheelto the values given in section “Tech-nical specifications”.

WARNINGWhen driving with a space-saver spare wheel fitted, the

driving performance of the carchanges. Avoid accelerating or brak-ing sharply, abrupt turns or fast cor-nerings. The life of the spare wheelis approx. 3000 Km, after this dis-tance it should be replaced with an-other of the same type. Never at-tempt to fit a conventional tyre on arim designed for use as a space-saverspare wheel. Have the puncturedwheel repaired and refitted as soonas possible. Two or more space-saverspare wheels should never be used to-gether. Do not grease the threads ofbolts before installing them: theymight slip out.

WARNING


161

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

Please note:

❒ the jack weight is 1,76 kg;

❒ the jack requires no adjustment;

❒ the jack cannot be repaired: if it breaksit must be replaced with a new genuinejack;

❒ no tool other than its cranking devicemay be fitted on the jack.

fig. 2

B

A

F0Q0732m

fig. 3 F0Q0392m

fig. 4 F0Q0393m

❒ use the handle A-fig. 2 to remove thepiece of stiff cover B; loosen the clamp-ing device E-fig. 3;

❒ for versions with Fix&Go automatic ortake the tool kid from the luggage com-partment;

❒ for versions with small spare wheel, un-screw the retaining device E-fig. 3, takethe tool kit F, place near to the wheelto be replaced and then take the smallspare wheel G;

❒ remove wheel hubcap H-fig. 4 (ver-sions with steel rims) or remove thehub cap (versions with alloy rims);

To change a wheel proceed as follows:

❒ Stop the car is a position that is notdangerous for oncoming traffic whereyou can change the wheel safely. Theground should be flat and adequatelyfirm;

❒ turn the engine off and pull up the hand-brake; engage first gear or reverse;


162

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

❒ undo the wheel bolts and remove thewheel.

❒ make sure the contact surfaces be-tween spare wheel and hub are cleanso that the fastening bolts will not comeloose;

fig. 6 F0M0395m

❒ warn anybody nearby that the car isabout to be lifted. They must stay clearand not touch the car until it is back onthe ground;

❒ fit the handle R-fig. 6 to operate thejack and raise the car until the wheelis a few centimetres from the ground;

❒ using the wrench provided L-fig. 5loosen the fastening bolts by about oneturn; if the car is fitted with alloy rims,shake the car to facilitate removing thisrim from the wheel hub;

❒ work the jack crank M-fig. 6 to extendit until the groove N on the upper partof the jack is correctly inserted on thelower profile P of the body in point Q(at approx. 72 cm from the front wheelcentre or 75 cm from rear wheel cen-tre);

fig. 5 F0Q0394m


163

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

❒ install the space-saver spare wheelmatching the holes S-fig. 7 with thecorresponding pins T;

❒ using the wrench provided, fully tight-en the four fastening bolts;

❒ work the jack handle R-fig.6 to lowerthe car and remove the jack;

❒ using the wrench provided, tighten upthe wheel bolts in a criss-cross fashionfollowing the sequence shown in fig. 8.

REFITTING THE STANDARDWHEEL

Following the procedure described previ-ously, raise the car and remove the sparewheel.

For versions with steel rim

Proceed as follows:

❒ Make sure the contact surfaces be-tween standard wheel and hub areclean so that the fastening bolts will notcome loose;

❒ Fit the normal wheel matching theholes S-fig. 7 with the correspondingpins T;

❒ Using the wrench provided, tighten thefastening bolts;

❒ Lower the car and remove the jack;

❒ Using the wrench provided, fully tight-en the bolts in the sequence shown infig. 8;

❒ Place the cap near the wheel so that theinflation valve can come through theslot provided on the cap;

❒ Press the circumference of the cap,starting from the parts nearest the in-flation valve until it is inserted com-pletely.

IMPORTANT Incorrect fitting may causethe wheel cap to come off when the car istravelling.

fig. 7 F0Q0396m fig. 8 F0Q0397m


164

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YWhen you have finished

❒ Stow the space-saver spare wheel G-fig. 10 in the space provided in theboot;

❒ Insert the partially open jack into thecontainer F and force it slightly into itsseat so that it does not vibrate whenthe car is moving;

❒ Put the tools back into their places inthe container;

❒ Stow the container complete with toolson the spare wheel and secure every-thing with the clamping device E;

❒ Correctly reposition the boot stiff cov-er.

fig. 10 F0Q0392m

Versions with alloy rims

Proceed as follows:

❒ tighten pin A-fig. 9 in one of the holesof the wheel hub fastening bolts;

❒ Insert the wheel on the pin and, usingthe wrench provided, tighten the boltsavailable. This is facilitated by the ex-tension provided B;

❒ Loosen the pin A and tighten the lastfastening bolt;

❒ Lower the car and remove the jack;

❒ Using the wrench provided, fully tight-en the bolts in the sequence shownpreviously for the space-saver sparewheel (see fig. 8).

❒ refit the hubcap.

fig. 9 F0Q0217m


165

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

QUICK TYRE REPAIRKIT FIX & GOautomatic

The quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go auto-matic is located in the appropriate con-tainer in the boot .

The quick tyre repair kit includes fig. 11:

❒ bottle A containing sealer and fittedwith:

– filler hose B

– sticker C with caution “max. 80km/h”, to be affixed in a visible posi-tion for the driver (instrument panel)after repairing the tyre

❒ instruction brochure (see fig. 12), tobe used for prompt and proper use ofthe quick repair kit and to be thenhanded to the personnel charged withhandling the treated tyre

❒ compressor D including gauge and con-nections

❒ a pair of protection gloves located inthe side space of the compressor

❒ adapters for inflating different elements.

fig. 11 F0Q0510m fig. 12 F0Q0511m

Hand the instructionbrochure to the personnel

charged with treating the tyre re-paired with the kit.

WARNING

In the event of a puncturecaused by foreign bodies, it ispossible to repair tyres show-ing damages on the track or

shoulder up to max 4 mm diameter.

Holes and damages on thetyre side walls cannot be re-

paired. Do not use the quick tyre re-pair kit if damaging is due to runningwith flat tyre.

WARNING

Repairs are not possible incase of damages on the

wheel rim (bad groove distortioncausing air loss). Do not remove for-eign bodies (screws or nails) from thetyre.

WARNING


166

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

INFLATING PROCEDURE

The cylinder contains ethyl-ene glycol. The cylinder con-

tains latex: it can cause allergic re-actions. It is harmful if ingested or in-haled and irritant for the eyes and incase of contact. In case of contactrinse immediately with water andtake off contaminated clothes. Ifswallowed, do not induce vomit, rinseout the mouth, drink a lot of waterand call the doctor immediately.Keep away from children. This prod-uct must not be used by asthmatics.Do not inhale vapours. Call the doc-tor immediately in case of allergic re-actions. Keep the cylinder in thespace provided for the purpose andfar from heat. The sealing fluid haslimited life. Replace the cylinder ifsealer has run out.

WARNING

fig. 13 F0Q0513m

Put on the protection glovesprovided together with quick

tyre repair kit.

WARNING

❒ Pull up the handbrake. Loosen tyreinflation valve cap, take out the fillerhose A-fig. 13 and screw the ring nutB on the tyre valve;

IT SHOULD BE NOTICED THAT:

The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repairkit is effective with external temperaturesbetween –20 °C and +50 °C.

The compressor shall not beoperated for more than 20

minutes. Risk of overheating! Tyresrepaired with the quick tyre repair kitshall be used temporarily only.

WARNING

Do not throw away the cylin-der and the sealing fluid.Have the sealing fluid and thecylinder disposed of in com-

pliance with national and local regu-lations.


167

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

❒ make sure the compressor switch E-fig. 15 is set to 0 (off), start the en-gine and fit plug D-fig. 14 into the cig-ar lighter outlet and then turn on thecompressor by setting switch E-fig. 15to I (on). Inflate the tyre to the pres-sure specified in paragraph “Cold tyreinflation pressure” in section “Techni-cal specifications”. Check tyre pressureon gauge F-fig. 15 with compressor offto obtain precise reading;

❒ If after 5 minutes it is still impossibleto reach at least 1.5 bar, disengage com-pressor from valve and current outlet,then move the car forth for approx. tenmetres in order to distribute the seal-ing fluid inside the tyre evenly, then re-peat the inflation operation;

❒ If after this operation it is still impossi-ble after 5 minutes to reach at least 1.8bar, do not start driving since the tyreis excessively damaged and the quicktyre repair kit cannot guarantee suit-able sealing, contact Fiat Dealership;

❒ If reaching the tyre pressure specifiedin paragraph “Cold tyre inflation pres-sure” in section “Technical specifica-tions”, start driving immediately;

Apply the sticker in a visibleposition for the driver to in-

dicate that the tyre has been treat-ed with the quick tyre repair kit. Dri-ve carefully especially when corner-ing. Do not exceed 80 km/h. Avoidheavy braking and accelerating.

WARNING

❒ after driving for about 10 minutes stopand check again the tyre pressure; pullup the handbrake;

fig. 14 F0Q0515m fig. 15 F0Q0516m fig. 15a F0Q0017m


168

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

FOR CHECKING ANDRESTORING PRESSURE ONLY

The compressor can be also used just forrestoring pressure. Disconnect the quickconnection and connect it directly to thetyre valve fig. 16; in this way the cylinderis not connected to compressor and thesealing fluid will not flow into the tyre.

CYLINDER REPLACEMENTPROCEDURE

To replace the cylinder proceed as fol-lows:

❒ disconnect connection B-fig. 17;

❒ turn counter-clockwise the cylinder toreplace and raise it;

❒ fit the new cylinder and turn it clock-wise;

❒ connect connection B to the cylinderand fit the transparent tube A into theproper space.

fig. 16 F0Q0517m fig. 17 F0Q0512m

❒ if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read, re-store proper pressure (with enginerunning and handbrake on) and restart;

❒ drive with the utmost care to the near-est Fiat Dealership.

It is of vital importance tocommunicate that the tyre

has been repaired using the quick tyrerepair kit. Hand the instructionbrochure to the personnel chargedwith treating the tyre repaired withthe kit.

WARNING

If the pressure falls below 1.8bars, do not drive any fur-

ther: the quick tyre repair kit Fix & Goautomatic cannot guarantee properhold because the tyre is too muchdamaged. Contact Fiat Dealership.

WARNING


169

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

❒ When a light is not working, check thatthe corresponding fuse is intact beforechanging a bulb. For the location of fus-es, refer to the paragraph “If a fuseblows” in this section;

❒ Before changing a bulb check the con-tacts for oxidation;

❒ Burnt bulbs must be replaced by oth-ers of the same type and power;

❒ Always check the height of the head-light beam after changing a bulb.

Halogen bulbs must be han-dled touching only the metal-lic part. If the transparent bulbis touched with the fingers, its

lighting intensity is reduced and life ofthe bulb may be compromised. Iftouched accidentally, rub the bulb witha cloth moistened with alcohol and al-low to dry.

Modifications or repairs tothe electrical system (elec-

tronic control units) carried out in-correctly and without bearing the fea-tures of the system in mind can causemalfunctions with the risk of fire.

WARNING

Due to high voltage, the bulbof (Bi-Xenon) gas-discharge

headlights must only be replaced byexperts: danger of death! Contact Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

IMPORTANT When the weather is coldor damp or after hard rain or after wash-ing, the area of headlamps or rear lights,may steam up and/or form drops of con-densation on the inside. This is a naturalphenomenon due to the difference in tem-perature and humidity between the insideand the outside of the glass which doesnot indicate a fault and does not compro-mise the normal operation of lighting de-vices. The mist disappears quickly turn-ing the lights on, starting from the centreof the diffuser, extending progressively to-wards the edges.

Halogen bulbs contain pres-surised gas which, if broken,

may cause small fragments of glass tobe projected outwards.

WARNING


170

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

F0Q0391m

C Tubular bulbs: free them from theircontacts to remove.

D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb,release the clip holding the bulb inplace.

F Gas-discharge bulbs (Bi-Xenon).

fig. 18

TYPES OF BULBS fig. 18

Various types of bulbs are fitted to yourcar:

A All glass bulbs: these are pressed on.Pull to remove.

B Bayonet type bulbs: press the bulb,turn counterclockwise to remove thistype of bulb from its holder.


E

D

F

A

E

B

A

B

B

B

A

B

A

C

C

C

A

C

H1

H1

D2R

W5W

H11

PY24W

WY5W

R10W

P5/21W

P5/21W

W2.3W

P21W

W5W

C10W

C10W

C5W

W5W

C5W

55W

55W

35W

5W

55W

24W

5W

10W

5W/21W

5W/21W

2.3W

21W

5W

2x10W

10W

5W

5W

5W

Bulbs Figure 18 Type Power

Main beam headlights

Longlife dipped beam headlights

Gas-discharge low beam headlights (for versions/markets, where provided)

Front sidelights longlife

Front fog lights (for versions/markets, where provided)

Front direction indicators

Side direction indicators

Rear direction indicators

Taillights/rear fog lights

Rear/stop positions

Third brake light (additional brake light)

Reversing light

Number plate light

Front roof light

Rear roof light (for versions/markets, where provided)

Glovebox light

Boot light

Courtesy mirror light (for versions/markets, where provided)

171

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y


172

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YIF AN EXTERIOR LIGHTBURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating, see“When needing to change a bulb”.

FRONT LIGHT UNITS fig. 19

The front light units contain the side/ tail-lights, dipped beam, main beam and di-rection indicator bulbs.

The bulbs are arranged inside the light unitas follows:

A Sidelights / main beam headlights;

B Dipped beam headlights;

C Direction indicators.

DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS

Gas-filled filament lamps

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒ remove the protective cover B-fig. 19;

❒ release the bulb holder catch A-fig. 20;

❒ disconnect the electric connector B;

❒ remove the bulb C and replace it;

❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of themetallic part coincide with the grooveson the reflector, reconnect the electri-cal connector B then hook the bulbholder catch A;

❒ refit the protective cover A-fig. 19correctly.

fig. 19 F0Q0704m fig. 20 F0Q0705m

Gas-discharge lamps (Bi-Xenon)(for versions/markets, where provided)

Due to high voltage, the bulbof (Bi-Xenon) gas-discharge

headlights must only be replaced byexperts: danger of death! Contact Fiat Dealership.

WARNING


173

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

SIDELIGHTS


❒ remove the protective cover A-fig. 19;

❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 21 coun-terclockwise and then withdraw it;

❒ remove the bulb B and replace it;

❒ fit the new bulb, refit the bulb holderA-fig. 21 and then refit the protectivecover B-fig. 19 correctly.

MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS


❒ remove the protective cover A-fig. 19;

❒ release the bulb holder catch A-fig. 22;

❒ remove the bulb C and replace it;

❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of themetallic part coincide with the grooveson the reflector, reconnect the electri-cal connector B then hook the bulbholder catch A;

❒ refit the protective cover B-fig. 19 cor-rectly.


DIRECTION INDICATORS

Front


❒ turn the protective cover C-fig. 19counterclockwise;

❒ remove the bulb B-fig. 23 and replaceit;

❒ refit the protective cover A correctly.


174

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

REAR LIGHT UNITS fig. 26

Rear light units contain taillights, directionindicators and brake light (stop) bulbs.

The bulbs are arranged inside the light unitfig. 26 as follows:

B taillights/brake light (double light);

C direction indicators.

Side


❒ push the transparent cover A-fig. 24to compress the internal catch B, thenremove the unit;

❒ turn the bulb holder C counterclock-wise, remove the snap-fitted bulb Dand replace it;

❒ refit the bulb holder C in the lens byturning it clockwise;

❒ refit the unit making sure the catchclicks into place B.

FRONT FOG LIGHTS fig. 25(for versions/markets, where provided)

Contact Fiat Dealership to have front foglights replaced.



175

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

To change the bulb proceed as follows:

❒ open the tailgate then, slacken the twofastening screws A-fig. 27;

❒ remove the light unit with both handsas shown by the arrows in fig. 28;

❒ disconnect the electric connector andremove the protective cover A-fig. 29pressing the three catches and replacethe burnt out bulb.

REVERSING LIGHTS fig. 30

Contact Fiat Dealership to have reversinglight bulbs replaced.

REAR FOG LIGHTS fig. 31

Contact Fiat Dealership to have rear foglight bulbs replaced.

fig. 27 F0Q0715m fig. 30 F0Q0711m

fig. 31 F0Q0712mfig. 28 F0Q0739m

fig. 29 F0Q0713m


176

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

NUMBER PLATE LIGHTS


❒ work in the point shown by the arrowand remove lens unit A-fig. 34;

❒ turn the bulb holder B-fig. 35 clock-wise;

❒ remove the bulb C and replace it.

THIRD BRAKE LIGHT


❒ open the tailgate;

❒ remove cover A-fig. 32;

❒ remove the lens unit B-fig. 33 and dis-connect the electric connector;

❒ press the tabs C-fig. 33 and removethe bulb holder;

❒ remove the snap-fitted bulb and replaceit.

❒ refit cover A-fig. 32 and then close thetailgate.

fig. 33 F0Q0751m

fig. 32 F0Q0716m

fig. 34 F0Q0718m

fig. 35 F0Q0719m


177

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

IF AN INTERIOR LIGHTBURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating, see“When needing to change a bulb”.

FRONT CEILING LIGHT

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

❒ work in the points shown by the ar-rows and remove light A-fig. 36;

❒ open the protection lid B-fig. 37;

❒ replace bulbs C releasing them fromthe side contacts; make sure that newbulbs are correctly clamped betweencontacts;

❒ re-close the lid B-fig. 37 and securelight A-fig. 36 into its housing lockingit properly.

fig. 36 F0Q0720m

fig. 37 F0Q0721m

REAR CEILING LIGHT

Versions without sunroof


❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 38 lever-ing in the point shown by the arrow;

❒ replace the bulb B-fig. 39 releasing itfrom the side contacts making sure thatthe new bulb is correctly clamped be-tween the contacts.

fig. 38 F0Q0723m

fig. 39 F0Q0722m


178

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

Versions with sunroof



❒ replace the bulb B-fig. 41 releasing itfrom the side contacts making sure thatthe new bulb is correctly clamped be-tween the contacts.

❒ re-close the protective cover B on thelens;

❒ refit the light A inserting it in its cor-rect position firstly on one end andthen on the other until it clicks intoplace.

BOOT LIGHT


❒ open the tailgate;


❒ open the protection cover B-fig. 43and replace the snap-fitted bulb;


fig. 41 F0Q0722m


179

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

GLOVEBOX LIGHT


❒ open the glovebox, then remove thelight unit A-fig. 44;

❒ replace the bulb B releasing it from theside contacts making sure that the newbulb is correctly clamped between thecontacts.

COURTESY MIRROR LIGHT (for versions/markets, where provided)


❒ open the mirror cover A-fig. 45;

❒ remove the bulb B levering in thepoints shown by the arrows;


❒ replace the bulb C-fig. 46 releasing itfrom the side contacts making surethat the new bulb is correctly clampedbetween the contacts.


Before replacing a fuse, makesure the ignition key has beenremoved and that all the oth-er services are switched off

and/or disengaged.

180

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YIf a general fuse (MEGA-FUSE, MIDI-FUSE, MAXI-

FUSE) cuts in, do not attempt any re-pair and contact a Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

If a fuse blows again, contacta Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

IF A FUSE BLOWS

GENERAL

The fuse is a protective device for theelectric system: it comes into action (i.e.it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or im-proper action on the system.

When a device does not work, check theefficiency of its fuse: the conductor ele-ment A-fig. 47 must be intact. If not, re-place the fuse with one of the same amprating (same colour).

B: undamaged fuse

C: fuse with damaged filament.

To replace a fuse, use the pliers D hookedto the fusebox on the dashboard.

Never replace a fuse withmetal wires or anything else.

fig. 47 F0Q0220m

Never replace a fuse withanother with a higher amp

rating, DANGER OF FIRE.

WARNINGIf a general protection fusefor safety systems (air bag

system, braking system), power unitsystems (engine system, transmissionsystem) or steering system is triggered,contact a Fiat Dealership.

WARNING


181

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

FUSE LOCATION

The vehicle fuses are grouped in threecontrol units:

❒ instrument dashboard fuse controlunit;

❒ fuse control unit in engine compart-ment;

❒ fuse control unit in luggage compart-ment; fig. 48 F0Q0727m

Fuse box on the dashboard fig. 48(left hand drive versions)

To gain access to the fuses in the fuse boxon the dashboard fig. 49, loosen the threefastening screw A-fig. 48 and remove thecover B.

Fuse box on the dashboard fig. 48a/48b(right hand drive versions)

To access the fuse carrier box on the in-strument dashboard fig.49 follow the in-structions below:

❒ open the glovebox;

❒ pull the two pins inwards A-fig.48a;

❒ act on device A-fig.48b and lowercover B.

fig. 48 F0Q0098m


182

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

fig. 48a F0Q0061m

fig. 49 F0Q0778m


183

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

Fuse box next to the battery fig. 51(for versions/markets, where provided)

A second fuse-box is located on the right-hand of the engine compartment, next tothe battery; to reach it loosen the fixingscrews and remove the lid A-fig. 50.

The ID number of the electrical compo-nent corresponding to each fuse can befound on the back of this cover.

fig. 50 F0Q0816m

If you need to wash the en-gine compartment, take carenot to directly hit the enginecompartment control unit

with the water jet.

Fuse box next to the batteryfig. 51a(for versions/markets, where provided)

To gain access to the fuse box next to thebattery, press the retainers A-fig. 50a andremove the protection cover B.

fig. 50a F0Q0498m

fig. 51 F0Q0815m


184

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YFuse box in the boot fig. 52(for versions/markets, where provided)

To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box on the left side of the boot, open lid A-fig. 53.

fig. 52 F0Q0747m

fig. 53 F0Q0776mfig. 51a F0Q0815m


185

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

FUSE SUMMARY TABLE

LIGHTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Right dipped beam (quartz-iodine headlights) F12 7.5 49

Right dipped beam (Bi-Xenon headlights) F12 15 49

Left dipped beam (quartz-iodine headlights) F13 7.5 49

Left dipped beam (Bi-Xenon headlights) F13 15 49

Reversing light F35 7.5 49

Third stop light F37 7.5 49

Rear fog light (driver’s side) F53 7.5 49

Main beam headlamps F14 15 51

Front fog light/Cornering light LH/RH F30 15 51

Front fog light/Cornering light, RH (for versions/markets, where provided) F09 7.5 51a

Right main beam headlight (for versions/markets, where provided) F14 7.5 51a

Left main beam headlight (for versions/markets, where provided) F15 10 51a

Front fog light/Cornering light, LH(for versions/markets, where provided) F30 7.5 51a


186

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCOMPONENTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Climate control fan F08 40 51

Headlight washer pump F09 30 51

Horn F10 10 51/51a

Headlight alignment correction system (versions with halogen headlights) F13 7.5 49

(PTC1) additional heater F15 30 51

Conditioner compressor F19 7.5 51/51a

Headlight washer motor pump (for versions/markets, where provided) F20 20 51a

Fuel motor pump on tank (for versions/markets, where provided) F21 15 51a

Remote switch coils on fuse box in engine compartment (CVM)/ Body Computer control unit (NBC) F31 5 49

Subwoofer amplifier for HI-FI/ Car radio and Radionavigator audio system (1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions with optional HI-FI) F32 15 49

Rear left power window F33 20 49

Rear right power window F34 20 49

Control on stop pedal (NC contact)/Sensor for water presence in diesel/Flowmeter/Control on clutch pedal and servo brake pressure sensor (1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions) F35 5 49


187

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

COMPONENTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Door opening system control unit (CGP) (door opening/closing, safe lock, tailgate release) F36 20 49

Brake pedal control (normally closed contact NA)/Instrument panel (NQS)/gas-discharge lamp control units on front headlights F37 7.5 49

Car radio and Radio navigator (excluding 1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions with optional HI-FI)/Radio preparation/Blue&MeTM system/Alarm siren (CSA)/Alarm system on roof light/Internal cooling unit system/Tyre pressure detection control unit (CPP)/Diagnosis socket connector/Rear roof lights F39 10 49

Heated rear window F40 30 49

Electric door mirror defrosters/Defrosters on front nozzles F41 7.5 49

Windscreen wiper/Windscreen/rear window washer bidirectional motor pump system on steering column stalk F43 30 49

Current outlets/Cigar lighter F44 15 49

Power sunroof motor F46 20 49

Front power window (driver side) F47 20 49

Front power window (passenger side) F48 20 49


188

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCOMPONENTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE

Emergency control panel (illumination)/Central right and left branch control panel (illumination, ASR switch)/ Controls on steering wheel (illumination)/Control panel on frontceiling light (illumination)/Volumetric protection alarm system control unit (deactivation)/Power sunroof (control unit, control illumination)/rain sensor/daylight sensor on driving mirror/Front seat warming activation controls F49 5 49

Air bag control unit (NAB) F50 7.5 49

Internal cooling unit system/Sound system presetting/ Cruise Control lever/Blu&Me system control unit/Parking sensor control unit (NSP)/Air quality sensor (AQS)/Automatic air-conditioner/Electric door mirrors (moving, folding)/ Tyre pressure monitoring control unit (CPP)/Voltage stabiliser (1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions) F51 5 49

Rear window wiper F52 15 49

nstrument panel (NQS) F53 7.5 49

Fuel pump F85 15 51

Battery charge status sensor (1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions) F87 5 51

Right front seat adjustment F1 30 53

Left front seat adjustment F2 30 53

Left front seat heating F3 10 53

Right front seat heatin F6 10 53


189

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT

IMPORTANT The battery charging pro-cedure is described only for informationpurposes. This operation should be car-ried out by Fiat Dealership.

Charging should be slow at a low amp rat-ing for 24 hours. Charging for a longertime may damage the battery.

VERSIONS WITHOUTStart&Stop SYSTEM(for versions/markets, where provided)

Charge the battery as follows:

❒ disconnect battery negative terminal;

❒ connect the charger cables to the bat-tery terminals, observing the poles;

❒ turn on the charger;

❒ when you have finished, turn the charg-er off before disconnecting the battery;

❒ reconnect battery negative terminal.

VERSIONS WITHStart&Stop SYSTEM fig. 54(for versions/markets, where provided)

Charge the battery as follows:

❒ proceed as follows: detach the con-nector A (by pressing button B) fromsensor C for monitoring the status ofthe battery installed on the battery neg-ative pole D;

❒ connect the positive cable to the posi-tive battery terminal E and the negativeterminal to the sensor D as shown inthe figure;

❒ turn on the charger. Turn the device offafter recharging;

❒ after having disconnected the recharg-ing device, reconnect the connector Ato the sensor C as shown in the figure.

IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch theelectronic car alarm off with remote con-trol (see “Alarm” in section “Dashboardand controls”).

fig. 54 F0Q0762m


190

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YThe liquid contained in thebattery is poisonous and cor-

rosive. Avoid contact with the skin oreyes. The battery should be chargedin a well ventilated place, away fromnaked flames or possible sources ofsparks: danger of explosion and fire.

WARNING

Do not attempt to charge afrozen battery: it must first-

ly be thawed, otherwise it may burst.If freezing has occurred, the batteryshould be checked by skilled person-nel to make sure that the internal el-ements are not damaged and that thebody is not cracked, with the risk ofleaking poisonous and corrosive acid.

WARNING

fig. 55 F0Q0729m

JACKING THE CAR

If the car is to be lifted, go to a Fiat Deal-ership which is equipped with the armhoist or workshop lift.

The car can only be jacked at the sides, jack arms or workshop lift shall be placedas shown in fig. 55.

IMPORTANT For Sport versions, in caseof side lifting with workshop lifter, takecare to avoid damages to the spoilers.


191

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

TOWING THE CAR

The tow ring provided with the car ishoused in the tool box under the bootmat.

TOW RING HOOKING

Proceed as follows:

❒ release the cap operating the tab A-fig. 56-57;

❒ take the tow hook B from its support;

❒ tighten the ring on the rear or frontthreaded pin.

fig. 56

B

F0Q0730m

fig. 57 F0Q0731m

Before starting to tow, turnthe ignition key to MAR and

then to STOP. Do not remove thekey. If the key is removed, the steer-ing lock engages automatically re-sulting in the impossibility to steer thewheels.

WARNING

When towing, rememberthat without the help of the

servobrake and power steering, agreater effort is required on the ped-al and steering wheel. Do not useflexible cables for towing and avoidjerks. During towing operations makesure that fastening the joint to the cardoes not damage the components incontact with it. When towing the car,you must comply with the specifictraffic regulations regarding the towring and how to tow on the road.

WARNING


192

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YDo not start the enginewhen towing the car.

WARNING

Before fitting the hook,clean accurately its thread-

ed seat. Before starting to tow, makesure to have tighten the hook.

WARNING

The front and rear tow hooksmust only be used for emer-gency situations on the road.The vehicle may be towed for

short distances when a dedicated de-vice is used in compliance with theHighway Code (rigid bar), in order tomove the vehicle on the road in prepa-ration for towing by a tow truck Towhooks MUST NOT be used to tow ve-hicles off the road or where there areobstacles and/or for towing operationsusing cables or other non-rigid devices.Respecting the above conditions, tow-ing must only take place with two ve-hicles (one towing, the other towed)travelling as far as possible in alignmentalong the same centreline.


193

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

SCHEDULED SERVICING ................................................ 194

SERVICE SCHEDULE ........................................................... 195

ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ............................................. 199

HEAVY-DUTY ...................................................................... 199

CHECKING FLUID LEVELS................................................ 200

AIR CLEANER/POLLEN FILTER ...................................... 207

BATTERY ................................................................................ 207

WHEELS AND TYRES ......................................................... 209

RUBBER HOSES .................................................................... 210

WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WIPERS ................... 210

BODYWORK ........................................................................ 212

INTERIORS ............................................................................ 215

CCAARR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE


IMPORTANT The Programmed Mainte-nance coupons are specified by the Man-ufacturer. The failure to have them car-ried out may invalidate the warranty.

Scheduled Servicing is performed by all Fi-at Dealership, at pre-established times.

If during each operation, in addition to theones programmed, the need arises for fur-ther replacements or repairs, these maybe carried out only with the explicit agree-ment of the Customer.

IMPORTANT You are advised to contactFiat Dealership in the event of any minoroperating faults, without waiting for thenext service coupon.

If your car is used frequently for towing,the interval between one service couponand the other must be reduced.

SCHEDULED SERVICING

Correct maintenance is essential for en-suring long car life under the best condi-tions.

This is why Fiat has programmed a seriesof checks and maintenance operationsevery 30,000 km or 35,000 km (1.6 Mul-tijet and 2.0 Multijet versions).

It is however important to remember thatscheduled servicing does not completelycover all the car’s requirements: also inthe initial period before 30,000 km or35,000 km (1.6 Multijet and 2.0 Multijetversions) service coupon and later, be-tween one coupon and another, ordinarycare is still required such as for exampleroutine check and topping up the level offluids, tyre pressure check, etc...

194

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E


195

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

SERVICE SCHEDULE

1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air - 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V VERSIONS

18 36 54 72 90 108

30 60 90 120 150 180

24 48 72 96 120 144● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ●

● ●

● ● ●

Thousands of miles

Thousands of km

MonthsCheck tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if necessaryCheck lighting system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, luggage compartment lights, passenger compartment lights, glove compartment lights, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)Check operation of windscreen wiper system and adjust sprays if necessaryCheck position/wear of front/rear windscreen wiper bladesCheck condition and wear of front disc brake pads and operation of pad wear indicatorCheck conditions and wear of rear disc brake padsVisually check that the following are in good condition and intact: body exterior, under body protection, pipe rigid and flexible sections (exhaust-fuel system-brakes), rubber parts (gaiters, sleeves, bushes, etc.)Check cleanliness of locks, bonnet, engine and boot, clean and lubricate linkagesCheck and top-up fluids (hydraulic brakes/clutch, windscreen washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.) Check and adjust handbrake lever travelCheck visually conditions of auxiliary drive belt/sCheck battery charge status and possibly rechargeVisually check conditions of toothed timing belt (petrol and 1.9 Multijet 8V versions)Check tension and adjust auxiliary drive belt (except for engines with automatic tensioners)Check and adjust tappet clearance (1.9 Multijet 8V version)


196

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

EThousands of miles

Thousands of km

MonthsCheck exhaust emissions (petrol versions)Check emissions/fumes (1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions)Check operation of engine control systems(by means of test interface)Replace accessory drive belt/sReplace toothed timing belt (petrol versions) (*) Replace toothed timing belt (1.9 Multijet 8V versions) (*)Replace toothed timing belt (1.9 Multijet 16V versions) (*)Replace spark plugs (petrol versions) 1Replace fuel filter (1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions)Replace air filter cartridge (petrol versions)Replace air filter cartridge (1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions)Replace engine oil and oil filter (petrol versions) (or every 24 months) 2Change engine oil and oil filter (1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16Vversions without DPF) (or every 24 months) Change engine oil and oil filter (1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions with DPF) (**) 3Change brake fluidr (or every 24 months)Change pollen filter (or every 15 months)

(*) Irrespective of mileage, the timing drive belt must be replace every 4 years for heavy duty applications, cold climates, town use, long periods idling) or at leastevery 5 years.

(**) The engine oil and oil filter should be changed depending on their actual condition, which is indicated by a warning light/message on the control panel or atleast every 2 years.

1 For 1.4 T-JET and 1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions, in order to ensure correct operation and avoid significant damages to the engines, it is mandatory:- to use spark plugs specifically certified for T-JET and Multi Air engine only, of the same type and brand (see paragraph “Engine”);- to replace the plugs as often as required by the Programmesed Maintenance Plan; - we recommend to refer to the Fiat Dealership.

2 If the car is mainly used in cities or travels less than 10,000 km a year, change the engine oil and filter every 12 months.

3 If the car is mainly used in towns and cities, change the engine oil and filter every 12 months.

18 36 54 72 90 108

30 60 90 120 150 180

24 48 72 96 120 144● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

●

●

●

●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●


197

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

1.6 Multijet and 2.0 Multijet VERSIONS

Thousands of miles

Thousands of km

Months

Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if necessaryCheck lighting system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, luggage compartment lights, passenger compartment lights,glove compartment lights, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)Check operation of windscreen wiper system and adjust sprays if necessaryCheck position/wear of front/rear windscreen wiper bladesCheck condition and wear of front disc brake pads and operation of pad wear indicatorCheck conditions and wear of rear disc brake padsVisually check that the following are in good conditionand intact: body exterior, under body protection, pipe rigid and flexible sections (exhaust-fuel system-brakes), rubber parts (gaiters, sleeves, bushes, etc.)Check cleanliness of locks, bonnet, engine and boot, clean and lubricate linkagesCheck and top-up fluids (hydraulic brakes/clutch, windscreen washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.) Check and adjust handbrake lever travelCheck visually conditions of auxiliary drive belt/s

Check battery charge status and possibly recharge

21 42 63 84 105

35 70 105 140 175

24 48 72 96 120

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ●

● ● ● ● ●


198

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

EThousands of miles

Thousands of km

Months

Check emissions/fumes

Check operation of engine control systems (by means of test interface)

Replace accessory drive belt/s

Replace toothed timing belt (*)

Replace fuel filter

Replace air filter cartridge

Change engine oil and oil filter (versions without DPF)(or every 24 months)

Change engine oil and oil filter (versions with DPF) (**)

Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)

Change pollen filter (or every 15 months)

(*) Irrespective of mileage, the timing drive belt must be replace every 4 years for heavy duty applications, cold climates, town use, long periodsidling) or at least every 5 years.

(**) The engine oil and oil filter should be changed depending on their actual condition, which is indicated by a warning light/message on thecontrol panel or at least every 2 years.If the car is used mainly for town driving, the engine oil and filter should be changed every 12 months.

21 42 63 84 105

35 70 105 140 175

24 48 72 96 120

● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ●

●

●

● ●

● ●

● ● ● ● ●

● ●

● ● ● ● ●


199

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

Every 1,000 km or before long journeys,check and top up if required:

❒ engine coolant fluid level;

❒ brake fluid level;

❒ windscreen washer fluid level;

❒ tyre pressure and conditions;

❒ light system operation (headlights, di-rection indicators, hazard lights, etc.);

❒ windscreen wiper/washer operationand windscreen/rear window bladeposition/wear;

Every 3,000 km check and top up if re-quired: engine oil level.

HEAVY-DUTY

Should prevailing use of the car be underone of the following specially heavy con-ditions:

❒ trailer or caravan towing;

❒ dusty roads;

❒ short distances (less than 7-8 km) re-peated and with external tempera-tures below zero;

❒ frequently idling engines or long dis-tance low speed driving or in case ofa long term inactivity;

carry out the following checks more fre-quently than required in the ServiceSchedule:

❒ check front disk brake pad conditionsand wear;

❒ check cleanness of locks, bonnet andboot and lever cleanness and lubrica-tion;

❒ sight inspect the conditions of: engine,gearbox, transmission, pipes and hoses(exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts(boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.);

❒ check battery charge and fluid level(electrolyte);

❒ visual check on various drive belt con-ditions;

❒ check and if necessary change engineoil and oil filter;

❒ check and replace pollen filter, if re-quired;

❒ check and replace air cleaner, if re-quired.


When topping up take carenot to confuse the varioustypes of fluids: they are all in-compatible with one another

and could seriously damage the car.

200

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ECHECKING FLUID LEVELS

1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid 4 Windscreen/rear window/headlightwasher fluid - 5 Engine coolant

F0Q0817mfig. 1 - 1.4 16V version

F0Q0766mfig. 2 - 1.4 T-JET version

Never smoke while workingin the engine compartment;

gas and inflammable vapours may bepresent, with the risk of fire.

WARNING


201

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

fig. 3 - 1.6 Multijet version


F0Q0767m

F0Q0763mfig. 2a - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air version



202

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

F0Q0615mfig. 4 - 1.9 Multijet 8V version (for versions/markets where provided)


2

3

4

5

1

F0Q0618mfig. 5 - 1.9 Multijet 16V version (for versions/markets where provided)



203

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

fig. 5a - 2.0 Multijet version F0Q0768m



ENGINE OIL fig. 6-7-7a-8-9-10

Checking engine oil

Check the oil level a few minutes (about5) after the engine has stopped, with thecar parked on level ground.

Remove the dipstick A and clean it, putit back in completely, remove it and checkthat the level is within the MIN and MAXmarks on the dipstick. The interval be-tween the MIN and MAX marks corre-sponds to about one litre of oil.

F0Q0665m

F0Q0620m

fig. 10 - 1.9 Multijet 16V version

A

B

F0Q0621m

Topping up engine oil

If the oil level is near or even below theMIN mark, add oil through the filler neckB, until reaching the MAX mark.

Oil level shall never exceed the MAXmark.

IMPORTANT If a routine check revealsthat the oil level is above the MAX mark,contact Fiat Dealership to have the cor-rect level restored.

IMPORTANT After adding or changingthe oil, let the engine turn over for a fewseconds and wait a few minutes after turn-ing it off before you check the level.

F0Q0025mfig. 7 - 1.4 T-JET version

204

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

fig. 6 - 1.4 16V version

fig. 9 - 1.9 Multijet 8V version

fig. 8 - 1.6 Multijet - 2.0 Multijet versionsF0Q0757m

fig. 7a - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air version F0Q0764m


205

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

Engine oil consumption

Max engine oil consumption is usually 400grams every 1000 km.

When the car is new, the engine needsto run in, therefore the engine oil con-sumption can only be considered stabilisedafter the first 5000 - 6000 km.

IMPORTANT The oil consumption de-pends on driving style and the conditionsunder which the car is used.

IMPORTANT Do not add oil with speci-fications other than that already in the en-gine.

Used engine oil and filter con-tain harmful substances forthe environment. Contact Fiat Dealership to have the oil

and filter changed.

ENGINE COOLANT FLUID fig. 11-12

The coolant level shall be checked withcold engine and shall not be lower thanthe MIN mark on the reservoir.

If the level is low, pour slowly a mixture of50% distilled water and 50% PARAFLUUP

of the PETRONAS LUBRICANTSthrough the filler neck A.

A 50-50 mixture of PARAFLUUP and dis-tilled water gives freeze protection to–35°C.

For particularly hard climate conditions, werecommend use of a 60% PARAFLU UP

and 40% demineralized water mixture.

fig. 11 - 1.4 16V version F0Q0617m fig. 12 F0Q0619m

The cooling system usesPARAFLUUP antifreeze. Donot add fluid having differentspecifications from that al-

ready existing. PARAFLUUP cannot bemixed with other types of fluids. Shouldother fluids be added, do not start theengine and contact Fiat Dealership assoon as possible.

Do not remove the reservoircap when the engine is hot:

you risk scalding yourself. The cool-ing system is pressurised. If necessary,replace the cap only with anothergenuine one, otherwise system effi-ciency could be compromised.

WARNING

When the engine is hot, takecare when working inside the

engine compartment to avoid burns.Remember that when the engine ishot, the fan may cut in: danger of in-jury. Scarves, ties and other looseclothing might be pulled by movingparts.

WARNING


206

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

WINDSCREEN/REARWINDOW/HEADLIGHTWASHER FLUID fig. 13

To top up, open the cap A and then poura mixture of water and TUTELA PRO-FESSIONAL SC 35, in the followingconcentrations:

❒ 30% TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35 and 70% water in summer;

❒ 50% di TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35 and 50% water in winter.

In case of temperatures below –20°C, useundiluted TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35 fluid.

fig. 13 F0Q0666m Do not travel with the wind-screen washer reservoir emp-

ty. The windscreen washer is funda-mental for improving visibility.

WARNING

Certain commercial addi-tives for windscreen washers

are inflammable. The engine com-partment contains hot componentswhich may set it on fire.

WARNING

BRAKE FLUID fig. 14

Unscrew cap A and check that the fluidlevel in the reservoir is at maximum.

Fluid level in the reservoir shall not exceedthe MAX mark.

If fluid has to be added, it is suggested touse the brake fluid in table “Fluids and lu-bricants” (see chapter “Technical specifi-cations”). When opening cap A take theutmost care to prevent impurities enter-ing the tank.

For topping up, always use a funnel withintegrated filter with mesh equal to orlower than 0.12 mm.

IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs mois-ture. For this reason, if the car is mainlyused in areas with a high degree of at-mospheric humidity, the fluid should bereplaced at more frequent intervals thanspecified in the “Service schedule”.

fig. 14 F0Q0664m

Check level through the reservoir.

For versions fitted with headlight wash-er, remove the filter and the relevant dip-stick. Use the dipstick to check the fluidlevel inside the reservoir.


207

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

REPLACING THE BATTERY

If required, replace the battery with a gen-uine spare part having the same specifi-cations.

If a battery with different specifications isfitted, the service intervals given in the“Service schedule” in this section will nolonger be valid.

Refer to the instructions provided by thebattery manufacturer.

The liquid in the battery ispoisonous and corrosive.

Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Donot bring naked flames or possiblesources of sparks near to the battery:risk of fire and explosion.

WARNING

Running the battery withlow fluid level can damage

the battery beyond repair and couldalso cause its explosion.

WARNING

Incorrect fitting of electricaland electronic accessories canseriously damage the car. If af-ter buying the car, you want

to install electric accessories which re-quire permanent electric supply(alarm, free-hand phone kit, etc.) con-tact Fiat Dealership whose qualifiedpersonnel, in addition to suggesting themost suitable devices, will evaluate theoverall electric absorption, checkingwhether the car electric system is ca-pable of withstanding the load re-quired, or whether it should be inte-grated with a more powerful battery.

Make sure that the highly cor-rosive brake fluid does not driponto the paintwork; if it does,wash it off immediately with

water.

Symbol π, on the containerindicates synthetic brake flu-

id, distinguishing it from the mineralkind. Using mineral fluids irreversiblydamages the special braking systemrubber seals.

WARNING

Brake fluid is poisonous andhighly corrosive. In the event

of accidental contact, wash the partsinvolved immediately with neutralsoap and water, then rinse thor-oughly. Call the doctor immediatelyif the fluid is swallowed.

WARNING

AIR CLEANER/POLLEN FILTER

Air cleaner or pollen filter replacementshall be carried out at Fiat Dealership.

BATTERY

The battery is of the “Limited mainte-nance” type: under normal conditions ofuse the electrolyte does not need toppingup with distilled water.

However, to make sure that it is in effi-cient conditions at routine intervals haveit checked at Fiat Dealership only.


208

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

EBatteries contain substancesthat are very harmful for theenvironment. You are advisedto have the battery changed

at a Fiat Dealership, which is properlyequipped for disposing of used batter-ies respecting nature and the law.

If the car is left inactive forlong periods at cold, remove

the battery and store it in a warmplace to prevent freezing.

WARNING

When working on the bat-tery or near it, always wear

the proper goggles.

WARNING

USEFUL ADVICE FOR LENGTHENING THE LIFEOF YOUR BATTERY

To avoid draining your battery and length-en its life, observe the following indica-tions:

❒ when you park the car, ensure thedoors, tailgate and bonnet are closedproperly;

❒ the ceiling lights must be off. The caris however provided with an automat-ic system for switching off internallights;

❒ do not keep accessories (e.g.: soundsystem, hazard lights, etc.) switched onfor a long time when the engine is notrunning;

❒ before performing any operation on theelectrical system, disconnect the bat-tery negative cable;

❒ battery terminals shall always be per-fectly tightened.

IMPORTANT If the battery remains withthe charge below 50% for a long time itbecomes damaged through sulphation andits starting capacity is reduced.

Moreover, this might lead to a higher riskof the battery electrolyte freezing (thismay even occur at –10°C). If the car is in-active for a long period of time, refer to“Car inactivity”, in section “Correct useof the car”.

If after buying the car, you want to installelectric accessories which require per-manent electric supply (alarm, etc.) con-tact Fiat Dealership whose qualified per-sonnel, in addition to suggesting the mostsuitable devices, will evaluate the overallelectric absorption, checking whether thecar’s electric system is capable of with-standing the load required, or whether itshould be integrated with a more power-ful battery.

In fact, since these devices continue ab-sorbing energy even when the ignition keyis off, they gradually run down the battery.


209

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

WHEELS AND TYRES

Check the pressure of each tyre, includ-ing the spare, every two weeks and beforelong journeys. The pressure should bechecked with the tyre rested and cold.

For the correct tyre inflation pressure, see“Wheels” in “Technical specifications”section.

Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyrewear fig. 15:

A: normal pressure: tread evenly worn.

B: low pressure: tread particularly wornat the edges.

C: high pressure: tread particularly wornin the centre.

Tyres must be replaced when the treadwears down to 1.6 mm. In any case, com-ply with the laws in the country where thecar is being driven.

IMPORTANT NOTES

❒ As far as possible, avoid sharp brakingand screech starts, etc. Be careful notto hit the kerb, potholes or other ob-stacles hard. Driving for long stretch-es over bumpy roads can damage thetyres;

❒ Periodically check that the tyres haveno cuts in the side wall, abnormalswelling or irregular tyre wear. If any ofthese occur, have the car seen to at aFiat Dealership;

❒ avoid overloading the car when travel-ling: this may cause serious damage tothe wheels and tyres;

fig. 15 F0Q0101m

❒ if a tyre is punctured, stop immediate-ly and charge it to avoid damage to thetyre, the rim, suspensions and steeringsystem;

❒ Tyres age even if they are not usedmuch. Cracks in the tread rubber are asign of ageing. In any case, if the tyreshave been on the car for over 6 years,they should be checked by specialisedpersonnel, to see if they can still beused. Also remember to check thespace-saver spare wheel;

❒ In the case of replacement, always fitnew tyres, avoiding those of dubiousorigin;

❒ If a tyre is changed, also change the in-flation valve;

❒ To allow even wear between the frontand rear tyres, it is advisable to changethem over every 10-15 thousand kilo-metres, keeping them on the same sideof the car so as to not reverse the di-rection of rotation.


210

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ERemember that road holdingdepends also on the correct

tyre inflating pressure.

WARNING

If the pressure is too low thetyre overheats and this can

cause it serious damage.

WARNING

Do not cross switch thetyres, moving them from the

right of the car to the left and viceversa.

WARNING

Never submit alloy rims torepainting treatments re-

quiring to use temperatures exceed-ing 150°C since the mechanical prop-erties of the wheels could be im-paired.

WARNING

RUBBER HOSES

As far as the brake system and fuel rubberhoses are concerned, carefully follow the“Service schedule” in this section.

Indeed ozone, high temperatures and pro-longed lack of fluid in the system maycause hardening and cracking of the hoses,with possible leaks. Careful control istherefore necessary.

WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOWWIPERS

BLADES

Periodically clean the rubber part usingspecial products; TUTELA PROFES-SIONAL SC 35 is recommended.

Change the blades if the rubber edge iswarped or worn out. You should in any casechange them approximately once a year.

A few simple notions can reduce the pos-sibility of damage to the blades:

❒ if the temperature fall below zero,make sure that ice has not frozen therubber against glass. If necessary, thawusing an antifreeze product;

❒ remove any snow from the glass: in ad-dition to protecting the blades, this pre-vents effort on the motor and over-heating;

❒ do not operate the windscreen andrear window wipers on dry glass.

Driving with worn wiperblades is a serious hazard,

because visibility is reduced in badweather.

WARNING


211

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

Changing the windscreen wiper blades

Proceed as follows:

❒ raise the windscreen wiper arm and po-sition the blade so that it forms an an-gle of 90° with the arm;

❒ press tab A-fig. 16 of the couplingspring and remove the blade to be re-placed from the arm;

❒ fit the new arm, inserting the tab intothe arm seat. Check for proper locking.

fig. 16 F0Q0662m

Changing the rear window blade

Proceed as follows:

❒ raise the cover A-fig. 17 and removethe arm from the car, slackening the nutB that fastens it to the pivot pin;

❒ fit the new arm, positioning it correct-ly, and fully tighten the nut;

❒ lower the cover.

SPRAY NOZZLES

Windscreen wiper fig. 18

If the jet of fluid is inadequate, firstly checkthat there is fluid in the reservoir: see“Checking fluid levels” in this section).

Then check that the nozzle holes are notclogged, if necessary use a needle.

The windscreen jets are fixed.

Rear window wiper fig. 19

Rear window washer jets are fixed.

The nozzle holder is on the rear window.

fig. 17 F0Q0663m

fig. 18 F0Q0661m fig. 19 F0Q0660m


212

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

EBODYWORK

PROTECTION FROMATMOSPHERIC AGENTS

The main causes of corrosion are the fol-lowing:

❒ atmospheric pollution;

❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas, orhot humid climates);

❒ seasonal environment conditions.

Not to be underestimated is also the abra-sive action of wind-borne atmosphericdust and sand and mud and gravel raisedby other cars.

On your Fiat Bravo, Fiat implemented thebest manufacturing technologies to effec-tively protect the bodywork against cor-rosion.

These include:

❒ Painting products and systems whichgive the car particular resistance to cor-rosion and abrasion;

❒ Use of galvanised (or pretreated) steelsheets, with high resistance to corro-sion;

❒ Spraying the underbody, engine com-partment, wheelhouse internal partsand other parts with highly protectivewax products;

❒ Spraying of plastic parts, with a pro-tective function, in the more exposedpoints: underdoor, inner fender parts,edges, etc.;

❒ Use of “open” boxed sections to pre-vent condensation and pockets of mois-ture from triggering rust inside.

BODY AND UNDERBODYWARRANTY

Your car is covered by warranty againstperforation due to rust of any original el-ement of the structure or body. For thegeneral terms of this warranty, refer tothe Fiat Warranty booklet.

ADVICE FOR PRESERVING THE BODYWORK

Paint

Paintwork does not only serve an aesteth-ic purpose, but also protects the under-lying sheet metal.

In the case of deep scrapes or scores, youare advised to have the necessary touch-ing up carried out immediately to avoidthe formation of rust. Use only originalpaint products for touching up (see “Body-work paint identification plate” in section“Technical specification”).

Normal paint maintenance consists inwashing at intervals depending on the con-ditions and environment of use. For ex-ample, in highly polluted areas, or if theroads are sprayed with salt, it is wise towash the car more frequently.


213

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

To wash the car correctly proceed as fol-lows:

❒ soak the body with a low pressure wa-ter jet;

❒ pass on the body a sponge with a lightcleansing solution, frequently rinsingthe sponge;

❒ rinse accurately with water and drywith air jet or suede.

If the vehicle is washed in an automatic carwash, follow these recommendations:

– remove the antenna from the roof toavoid damages;

– water with a cleansing solution must beused for washing;

– rinse accurately to avoid cleansing so-lution residues which may remain on thebody or hidden parts.

When drying, take particular care with theless visible parts like door surrounds, bon-net and around the headlights where wa-ter may stagnate. The car should not betaken to a closed area immediately, but leftin the open so that residual water canevaporate.

Do not wash the car after it has been leftin the sun or with the bonnet hot: this mayalter the shine of the paintwork.

Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned inthe same way as the rest of the car.

Where possible, do not park under trees;the resinous substance many species re-lease give the paint a dull appearance andincrease the possibility of triggering rustprocesses.

IMPORTANT Bird droppings must bewashed off immediately and thoroughly asthe acid they contain is particularly ag-gressive.

Some automatic systems pro-vided with old generationand/or not correctly main-tained brushes may damage

the varnish, easing the creation of mi-cro-scratches, especially on darkcolours. To remove those scratches,slightly polish with a specific product.

Detergents cause water pol-lution. Therefore the carshould be washed in areasequipped for collecting and

purifying the liquid used in the washingprocess.


214

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

EFront headlights

IMPORTANT Never use aromatic sub-stances (e.g.: petrol) or ketones (e.g.: ace-tone) for cleaning front headlight plasticlens.

Windows

Use specific window cleaner product. Usealso clean cloths to avoid scratching theglass or damaging the transparency.

IMPORTANT The inside of the rearscreenshould be wiped gently with a cloth in thedirection of the filaments to avoid damag-ing the heating device.

Engine compartment

At the end of the winter the engine com-partment should be carefully washed,without directing the jet against electron-ic control units. Contact a specialisedworkshop to have this done.

IMPORTANT The car should be washedwith the engine cold and the ignition keyat STOP. After washing make sure thatthe various protections (e.g. rubber capsand various covers) have not been dam-aged or removed.


215

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

INTERIORS

Periodically check that water is not trappedunder the mats (due to water dripping offshoes, umbrellas, etc.) which could causeoxidisation of the sheet metal.

Replace the worn carpet mats, if present,with genuine products or however thatremain securely fastented to the passen-ger compartment carpet. It is not advis-able to use non genuine mats that couldmove whilst driving.

CLEANING SEATS AND FABRICAND VELVET PARTS

Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner to re-move dust. Velvet is cleaned better if thebrush is moistened.

Rub the seats with a sponge moistenedwith a solution of water and neutral de-tergent.

Fabric upholstery of your caris purpose-made to withstandcommon wear resulting fromnormal use of the car. It is

however absolutely necessary to pre-vent hard and/or prolonged scratch-ing/scraping caused by clothing acces-sories like metallic buckles, studs, “Vel-cro” fixings, etc. that stressing locallythe fabric could break yarns and dam-age the upholstery as a consequence.

INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS

For routine cleaning of interior plasticparts use a soft cloth moistened with wa-ter and neutral soap. Remove grease orpersisting stains using appropriate solvent-free products designed to preserve ap-pearance and colour of plastic compo-nents.

IMPORTANT Never use spirit or petro-leum to clean the instrument panel.

Never use flammable prod-ucts like oil ether or rectified

petrol for cleaning car interiors. Elec-trostatic discharges generated by rub-bing during cleaning operations couldcause fire.

WARNING

CLEANING LEATHER SEATS

Remove dried on dirt with lightly moist-ened chamois leather or cloth withoutpressing too hard.

Remove liquid or grease stains with a dryabsorbent cloth without rubbing. Thenwipe with a soft cloth or chamois leatherwith water and neutral soap.

If the stain persists, use specific products,carefully following the instructions for use.

IMPORTANT Never use spirit or alcohol-based products.


216

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

EIf drops of the special products used toclean the windscreen should fall on theleather steering wheel/gear lever/hand-brake, remove it immediately and thenwash effected area with neutral soap andwater.

IMPORTANT Take the utmost care whenengaging the steering lock to preventscratching the leather covering.

Do not keep aerosol cans inthe car: they might explode.

Aerosol cans must never be exposedto a temperature above 50°C. Thetemperature inside the car exposedto the sun may go well beyond thatfigure.

WARNINGREAL LEATHER TRIMMEDSTEERING WHEEL/GEAR LEVER/HAND BRAKE

These components shall only be cleanedwith water and neutral soap. Never usespirit or alcohol-based products.

Before using special products for clean-ing interiors, read carefully label instruc-tions and indications to make sure theyare free from spirit and/or alcohol-basedsubstances.


217

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

IDENTIFICATION DATA ................................................. 218

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS .............. 220

ENGINE .................................................................................. 222

FUEL FEED/IGNITION ....................................................... 225

TRANSMISSION .................................................................. 225

BRAKES ................................................................................... 226

SUSPENSIONS....................................................................... 226

STEERING............................................................................... 226

WHEELS .................................................................................. 227

DIMENSIONS......................................................................... 231

PERFORMANCE ................................................................... 232

WEIGHTS ............................................................................... 233

CAPACITIES .......................................................................... 234

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS.............................................. 236

FUEL CONSUMPTION....................................................... 238

CO2 EMISSIONS .................................................................. 239

RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: MINISTERIAL HOMOLOGATION ................................. 240

TTEECCHHNNIICCAALL SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS


MODEL PLATE fig. 2

The plate is to be found on the front cross-member of the engine compartment andbears the following identification data:

B Homologation number.

C Vehicle type code.

D Chassis number.

E Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded.

F Maximum vehicle weight fully loadedwith trailer.

G Maximum vehicle weight on front axle.

H Maximum vehicle weight on rear axle.

I Engine type.

L Body version code.

M Spare part code.

N Smoke opacity index (for diesel en-gines).

IDENTIFICATION DATA

You are advised to note the identificationcodes. The identification data stamped andgiven on the plates and their position arethe following fig. 1:

❒ Model plate

❒ Chassis marking

❒ Bodywork paint identification plate

❒ Engine marking.

218

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

fig. 1 F0Q0736m fig. 2 F0Q0029m


BODYWORK PAINTIDENTIFICATION PLATE fig. 4

The plate is applied inside the bonnet andit bears the following data:

A - Paint manufacturer.

B - Colour name.

C - Fiat colour code.

D - Respray and touch up code.

ENGINE MARKING

Engine marking is stamped on the cylinderblock and includes the model and thechassis number.

CHASSIS MARKING

It is printed on the passenger compart-ment floor, near the right-hand front seat.

It can be reached by sliding forth the lidA-fig. 3.

It bears the following data:

❒ car model (ZFA 198000);

❒ chassis number.

219

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

fig. 4 F0Q0100mfig. 3 F0Q0667m


220

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONSEngine code Bodywork version

1.4 16V 192B2000 198AXA1B 00E (�)

1.4 T-JET 120HP 198A4000 198AXGIB 06G (�)198AXGIB 06H (▲) (�)

1.4 T-JET 150HP 198A1000 198AXF1B 05E198AXF1B 05F (▲)

1.4 Turbo Multi Air 198A7000 198AXSIB 15 (�)198AXSIB 15B (▲) (�)

1.6 Multijet 90HP (�) 198A6000 198AXM1B 09 (*)198AXM1B 09B (*) (▲)

1.6 Multijet 105HP 198A3000 198AXHIB 07L (�)198AXHIB 07M (▲) (�)

198AXH1B 07C (**)198AXH1B 07D (**) (▲)

198AXH1B 07E (*)198AXH1B 07F (*) (▲)

198AXHIB 07G (�)198AXHIB 07H (▲) (�)

1.6 Multijet 120HP 198A2000 198AXL1B 08E (�)198AXL1B 08F (▲) (�)

198AXL1B 08 (**)198AXL1B 08B (**) (▲)

(�) Versions with DPF(�) Versions without DPF(▲) Versions with option of 18” tyres(*) ECO 119 g CO2 versions(**) EURO 4 with DPF versions (�) For versions/markets, where provided(�) EURO 5 versions


221

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

Engine code Bodywork version

1.9 Multijet 8V (�) 192A8000 198AXB1A 01 (�) 198AXB1A 01C (�)

198AXB1A 01B (�) (▲)198AXB1A 01D (�) (▲)

1.9 Multijet 16V (�) 937A5000 198AXC1B 02 (�) 198AXC1B 02C (�)

198AXC1B 02B (�) (▲) 198AXC1B 02D (�) (▲)

1.9 Multijet 8V (�) 192B4000 198AXD1A 03 (�) 198AXD1A 03C (�)

198AXD1A 03B (�) (▲) 198AXD1A 03D (�) (▲)

1.9 Multijet 8V (�) 192B5000 198AXE1A 04 (�)198AXE1A 04C (�)

198AXE1A 04B (�) (▲) 198AXE1A 04D (�) (▲)

2.0 Multijet 198A5000 198AXNIB 12 (**) - 198AXNIB 12C (�)198AXNIB 12B (▲) (**) - 198AXNIB 12D (�) (▲)

2.0 Multijet (�) 844A2000 198AXPIB 13C (�)198AXPIB 13D (▲) (�)

198AXPIB 13 (**)198AXPIB 13B (**) (▲)

(�) Versions with DPF(�) Versions without DPF(▲) Versions with option of 18” tyres(**) EURO 4 with DPF versions (�) For versions/markets, where provided(�) EURO 5 versions


1.4 16V

192B2000

Otto

4 in line

72.0 x 84,0

1368

11

6690

5500

12813

4500

NGK DCPR7E-N-10

Unleaded petrol 95 RON

(Specification EN228)

1.4 T-JET 120 HP

198A4000

Otto

4 in line

72.0 x 84.0

1368

9.8

881205000

20621

1750

NGKDCPR7E-N-10



1.4 T-JET 150 HP

198A1000

Otto

4 in line

72.0 x 84.0

1368

9.8

1101505500

20621

2250

NGK IKR9F8



222

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

1.4 Turbo Multi Air

198A7000

Otto

4 in line

72.0 x 84.0

1368

9.8

1031405000

23023.42250

NGK IKR9F8



ENGINE

GENERAL

Engine code

Cycle

Number and layout of cylinders

Piston bore and stroke mm

Total displacement cm3

Compression ratio

Maximum power (EEC) kWHP

corresponding ratio rpm

Maximum torque (EEC) Nmkgm


Spark plugs

Fuel


223

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

1.6 Multijet105 HP

198A3000

Diesel

4 in line

79.5 x 80.5

1598

16.5

771054000

29029.51500

_

Diesel fuel for motor vehicles (Specification

EN590)

1.6 Multijet120 HP

198A2000

Diesel

4 in line

79.5 x 80.5

1598

16.5

881204000

30030.61500

_


EN590)

1.6 Multijet90 HP (●)

198A6000

Diesel

4 in line

79.5 x 80.5

1598

16.5

6690

4000

29029.51500

_


EN590)

1.9 Multijet 8V (*)

192A8000

Diesel

4 in line

82.0 x 90.4

1910

18

881204000

25526

2000

_

Diesel fuel formotor vehicles(Specification

EN590)

GENERAL

Engine code

Cycle




Compression ratio





Spark plugs

Fuel

(●) Versions for specific markets(*) For versions/markets, where provided


224

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

2.0 Multijet

198A5000

Diesel

4 in line

83.0 x 90.4

1956

16.5

1211654000

36036.71750

–


EN590)

2.0 Multijet (●)

844A2000

Diesel

4 in line

83.0 x 90.4

1956

16.5

1211634000

36036.71750

–


EN590)

1.9 Multijet 8V (●)(*)

192B4000

Diesel

4 in line

82.0 x 90.4

1910

18

851154000

25526

2000

–


EN590)

1.9 Multijet 8V (●)(*)

192B5000

Diesel

4 in line

82.0 x 90.4

1910

18

6690

4000

25526

2000

–


EN590)

GENERAL

Engine code

Cycle




Compression ratio





Spark plugs

Fuel

(●) Versions for specific markets(*) For versions/markets, where provided

1.9 Multijet 16V (*)

937A5000

Diesel

4 in line

82.0 x 90.4

1910

17.5

1101504000

30531

2000

–


EN590)


225

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

Modifications or repairs to the fuel system that are not carried out properly or do not take the system’s techni-cal specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.

FUEL FEED/IGNITION

1.4 16V 1.4 T-JET 1.6 Multijet - 1.9 Multijet 8V1.4 Turbo Multi Air 1.9 Multijet 16V - 2.0 Multijet

Fuel feed Multipoint sequential Multipoint sequential phased Direct injection withphased electronic injection electronic injection with electronically controlled

returnless system turbosupercharger Multijet “Common Rail” and intercooler turbosupercharger

and intercooler

TRANSMISSION

1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air - 1.6 Multijet - 1.9 Multijet 8V1.9 Multijet 16V - 2.0 Multijet

Gearbox

Clutch

Drive

Six forward gears and reverse with synchromesh for

forward gear engagement

Self-adjusting pedal without idle stroke

Front

Five forward gears and reverse with synchromesh for

forward gear engagement

Self-adjusting pedal without idle stroke

Front


BRAKES

1.4 16V - 1.4 T-JET - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air - 1.6 Multijet - 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V - 2.0 Multijet

Service brakes:

– front

– rear

Parking brake

IMPORTANT Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency at first braking.

Disc, self-ventilating

Disc

Controlled by hand lever, it works on the rear brakes

226

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

SUSPENSIONS


Front

Rear

McPherson independent wheels

Interconnected wheels with twisting axle

STEERING


Type

Minimum steering cycle m

Rack and pinion with electric power steering

10.4 (11.0 with 18” alloy wheel option)


227

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

Load rating

60 = 250 kg 84 = 500 kg61 = 257 kg 85 = 515 kg62 = 265 kg 86 = 530 kg63 = 272 kg 87 = 545 kg64 = 280 kg 88 = 560 kg65 = 290 kg 89 = 580 kg66 = 300 kg 90 = 600 kg67 = 307 kg 91 = 615 kg68 = 315 kg 92 = 630 kg69 = 325 kg 93 = 650 kg70 = 335 kg 94 = 670 kg71 = 345 kg 95 = 690 kg72 = 355 kg 96 = 710 kg73 = 365 kg 97 = 730 kg74 = 375 kg 98 = 750 kg75 = 387 kg 99 = 775 kg76 = 400 kg 100 = 800 kg77 = 412 kg 101 = 825 kg78 = 425 kg 102 = 850 kg79 = 437 kg 103 = 875 kg80 = 450 kg 104 = 900 kg81 = 462 kg 105 = 925 kg82 = 475 kg 106 = 950 kg83 = 487 kg

WHEELS

RIMS AND TYRES

Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless tyreswith radial carcass. The homologatedtyres are listed in the Log book.

IMPORTANT In the event of discrepan-cies between the information provided onthis “Owner handbook” and the “Logbook”, consider the specifications shownin the log book only.

Attaining to the prescribed size, to ensuresafety of the car in movement, it must befitted with tyres of the same make andtype on all wheels.

IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubeswith Tubeless tyres.

SPARE WHEEL

Pressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre.

WHEEL GEOMETRY

Front wheel toe-in measured from rim torim: – 1 ±1 mm.

The values refer to the car in running or-der.

UNDERSTANDING TYRE MARKING fig. 5

Example: 195/65 R 15 91T

195 = Nominal width (S, distance be-tween sidewalls in mm).

65 = Percentage height/width ratio(H/S).

R = Radial tyre.

15 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø).

91 = Load rating.

T = Maximum speed rating.

fig. 5 F0Q0200m


228

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S Maximum speed rating

Q = up to 160 km/h.

R = up to 170 km/h.

S = up to 180 km/h.

T = up to 190 km/h.

U = up to 200 km/h.

H = up to 210 km/h.

V = up to 240 km/h.

W = up to 270 km/h.

Y = up to 300 km/h.

Maximum speed ratingfor snow tyres

QM + S = up to 160 km/h.

TM + S = up to 190 km/h.

HM + S = up to 210 km/h.

UNDERSTANDING RIM MARKING fig. 5

Example: 6J x 15 H2 ET 31.5

6 = rim width in inches (1).

J = rim drop center outline (sideprojection where the tyre beadrests) (2).

15 = rim nominal diameter in inches(corresponds to diameter of thetyre to be mounted) (3 = Ø).

H2 = “hump” shape and number (reliefon the circumference holding theTubeless tyre bead on the rim).

ET 31.5 = wheel camber angle (distancebetween the disc/rim support-ing plane and the wheel rim cen-tre line).

RIM PROTECTOR TYRES fig. 6

fig. 6 F0Q0760m

If after-sale tyres with rimprotector are used (fig. 6)

and the car has integral cups fixed (bysprings) to the sheet wheel, DO NOTfit wheel cups. The use of unsuitabletyres and wheel cups could cause asudden pressure loss of the tyre.

WARNING


229

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

1.4 16V

1.4 T-JET 120 HP1.4 Turbo Multi Air1.6 Multijet1.9 Multijet 8V

1.4 T-JET 150 HP1.9 Multijet 16V2.0 Multijet

(❍) On versions equipped with 195/65 R15 and 205/55 R16 tyres, a normal sized tyre may be ordered as an alternative to the small sparewheel.

(*) Tyres cannot be fitted with chains.

(**) The 205/55 R16 91H tyre has the same characteristics of the spare tyre: the texts and the warnings contained in the paragraph “If a tyreis punctured” are referred to the 205/55 R16 91H tyre.

IMPORTANT The use of 225/40 R18 92V REINFORCED tyres requires specific technical measures to be adopted. For this reason, this tyremay only be ordered at the time of vehicle purchase. Do not install this tyre after vehicle purchase!

VERSIONS RIMS TYRES SPACE-SAVER SPARE WHEEL(for versions/markets, where provided)

Standard tyres Snow tyres Rim Tyre

6J x 15 ET 31.5 195/65 R15 91H 195/65 R15 91T (M+S)(❍) (❍)

7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91H 205/55 R16 91T (M+S)

7J x 17 ET 31 225/45 R17 91W 225/45 R17 91T (M+S) 7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91H (**)

6J x 15 ET 31.5 195/65 R15 91H 195/65 R15 91T (M+S)(❍) (❍)

7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91H 205/55 R16 91T (M+S)

7J x 17 ET 31 225/45 R17 91W 225/45 R17 91T (M+S)

71/2 J x 18 ET 35 225/40 R18 92V (*) 225/40 R18 92T (M+S)7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91H (**)

REINFORCED6J x 15 ET 31.5 195/65 R15 91V 195/65 R15 91T (M+S)

(❍) (❍)7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91V 205/55 R16 91T (M+S)7J x 17 ET 31 225/45 R17 91W 225/45 R17 91T (M+S)

71/2 J x 18 ET 35 225/40 R18 92V (*) 225/40 R18 92T (M+S)7J x 16 ET 31 205/55 R16 91H (**)

REINFORCED


230

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.When running at speed higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at full load inflation values.T.P.M.S. system not available for tyre 195/65 R15 91H

195/65 R15 91H 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

1.4 16V 205/55 R16 91H 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

225/45 R17 91W 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

195/65 R15 91H 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

205/55 R16 91H 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

225/45 R17 91W 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

225/40 R18 92V 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.9

195/65 R15 91V 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

205/55 R16 91V 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

225/45 R17 91W 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6

225/40 R18 92V 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.9

STANDARD TYRESSize Medium load Full load

Front Rear Front Rear

1.4 T-JET 120 HP1.4 Turbo Multi Air1.6 Multijet1.9 Multijet 8V

1.4 T-JET 150HP1.9 Multijet 16V2.0 Multijet


231

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DIMENSIONS

Dimensions are expressed in mm and refer to the car fitted with standard tyres.

The height refers to the car unladen.

BOOT VOLUMEUnladen boot volume (V.D.A. standards) ...................... 400 dm3

with Cargo Box (for versions/markets,where provided) located in the luggagecompartment.

Extended boot volume with rear seat backfolded: 1175 dm3 with Cargo Box (for versions/markets, where provided)located in the luggage compartment.

F0Q0003m

A B C D E F G H

1538 15324336 974 2600 762 1498 1530 (�) 1792 1524 (�)

1548 (�)

Track measurements may vary according to rim size.

(�) With 18” alloy wheel option.(�) Versions with 17” rims


232

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S PERFORMANCE

Top admitted speed after initial car use in km/h.

1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V 2.0 Multijet120 HP 90 HP 115 HP (*)

194 174 190 209 215

(*) Versions for specific markets

1.4 16V 1.4 T-JET 1.4 T-JET 1.4 Turbo 1.6 Multijet 1.6 Multijet 1.6 Multijet120 HP 150 HP Multi Air 90 HP (*) 105 HP 120 HP

179 197 212 204 173 187 195

(*) Versions for specific markets


233

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

1.4 16V

1205

510

10008601715

1000500

80

60

1.4 T-JET150HP

1.4 TurboMulti Air

1275

510

10008601785

1300500

80

60

1.6 Multijet

1320

510

10608601830

1300500

80

60

1.9 Multijet16V

1360

510

10608601870

1300500

80

60

1.4 T-JET120HP

1260

510

10008601770

1300500

80

60

1.9 Multijet8V

1320

510

10608601830

1300500

80

60

2.0 Multijet

1360

510

10608601870

1300500

80

60

WEIGHTS

Weights (kg)

Kerb weight (including all fluids, fuel tank at 90% and with no optional)

Payload (*) including the driver:

Maximum admitted loads (**)– front axle:– rear axle:– total:

Towable loads– trailer with brakes:– trailer without brakes:

Maximum load on roof (***):

Maximum load on tow hitch(trailer with brakes):

(*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload.

(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so that they com-ply with these limits.

(***) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg.


234

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S CAPACITIES

1.4 16V 1.4 T-JET Recommended fuels andgenuine lubricants

Unleaded petrol with no less than 95 R.O.N (Specification EN228)

Mixture of 50% demineralised waterand 50% PARAFLUUP (▲)

SELENIA K P.E.

TUTELA CAR TECHNYXTUTELA CAR MATRYX (❍)TUTELA TRANSMISSIONGEARFORCE (❑)

TUTELA TOP 4

Mixture of water and TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35

1.4 TurboMulti Air

kg

––

5.3

2.63.0

1.7

0.525

2.7 (5.3)

Fuel tank:including a reserve of:

Engine cooling system– with climate control:

Engine sump:Engine sump and filter:

Gearbox/differential casing:

Hydraulic brake circuitwith ABS:

Windscreen / rear window / headlight washer fluid reservoir: (*)

(*) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers. (❍) 1.4 T-JET 150HP versions (❑) 1.4 T-JET 120HP and 1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions(▲) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.

litres

578-10

5.2

2.752.9

1.87

0.56

3 (6)

kg

––

4.6

2.32.5

1.6

0.525

2.7 (5.3)

kg

––

5.3

2.32.5

2.1

0.525

2.7 (5.3)

litres

578-10

6.0

2.752.9

2.4

0.56

3 (6)

litres

578-10

6.0

3.13.5

1.99

0.56

3 (6)


235

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

1.9 Multijet 2.0 Multijet

kg

––

6.3

3.64.1

2.7

0.525

2.7 (5.3)

1.6 Multijet

Fuel tank:including a reserve of:

Engine cooling system– with climate control:

Engine sump:Engine sump and filter:

Gearbox/differential casing:

Hydraulic brake circuitwith ABS:

Windscreen / rear window / headlight washer fluid reservoir: (*)

(*) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.(❏) 1.9 Multijet 8v version(�) 1.9 Multijet 16v version(●) 2.0 Multijet version(▲) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.

Recommended fuels andgenuine lubricants

Diesel fuel for motor vehicles(Specification EN590)

Mixture of 50% demineralised water and 50% PARAFLUUP (▲)

SELENIA WR P.E.

TUTELA CAR TECHNYXTUTELA CAR MATRYX (●)

TUTELA TOP 4

Mixture of water and TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35

litres

578-10

7.1

4.34.6

1.87

0.56

3 (6)

kg

––

6.3

3.63.9

1.6

0.525

2.7 (5.3)

litres

578-10

7.1

4.34.6

1.76 (❏)1.87 (�)

0.56

3 (6)

kg

––

6.3

3.63.9

1.5 (❏) 1.6 (�)

0.525

2.7 (5.3)

litres

578-10

7.1

4.34.9

3.1

0.56

3 (6)


236

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S

Oils for dieselengines

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS

Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Genuine fluids Changefor correct car operation and lubricants intervals

SAE 5W-40, ACEA C3 grade totally synthetic lubricantFIAT 9.55535-S2 qualification.

SAE 5W-30 grade totally synthetic lubricantFIAT 9.55535-S1 qualification.

Oils for petrolengines

Second yearly service schedule

Second yearly service schedule

SELENIA K P.E.Contractual TechnicalReference N° F603.C07

SELENIA WR P.E.Contractual TechnicalReference N° F510.D07

For diesel engines, in emergency cases where genuine products are not available, lubricants with min. performance ACEA C2 areaccepted. If this is the case, the best engine performance is guaranteed. We however recommend replacing the lubricant withthose recommended by Fiat Dealership.

The use of products with characteristics inferior to ACEA C3, for petrol engines, and ACEA C2, for diesel engines, could cause dam-age to the engine, not covered by the warranty.

For petrol versions with Multi Air system, the use of lubricants with features below ACEA C3 and SAE grade other than 5W-40could cause damage to the engine, not covered by the warranty.


237

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

Windscreen/rear window/headlightwasher fluid

Protective agentfor radiators

Brake fluid

TUTELA CAR TECHNYX Contractual Technical Reference N° F010.B05

TUTELA TRANMISSIONGEARFORCEContractual TechnicalReference N° F002.F10

TUTELA CAR MATRYX Contractual Technical Reference N°F108.F02

TUTELA STAR 700Contractual Technical Reference N°F701.C07

TUTELA ALL STARContractual Technical Reference N°F702.G07

TUTELA TOP 4Contractual Technical Reference N°F001.A93

PARAFLUUP (●)Contractual Technical Reference N°F101.M01

TUTELA DIESEL ARTContractual Technical Reference N°F601.L06

TUTELAPROFESSIONAL SC 35Contractual Technical Reference N° F201.D02

Fuel additivel

Lubricants and greases fortransmissions

Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Genuine fluids Applicationsfor correct car operation and lubricants

(●) IMPORTANT Do not add or mix fluids having different specifications from that already existing.(❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.

Mechanic gearboxes and differentials

Mechanical gearbox anddifferential (1.4 T-JET 120HPand 1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions)

Mechanical gearbox anddifferential (1.4 T-JET 150HPand 2.0 Multijet versions)

CV joints on differential side

CV joints on wheel side

Hydraulic brakes and clutchhydraulic controls

Radiator antifreeze proportion: 50% water and 50% PARAFLUUP (❑)

To be used diluted or undiluted

To be mixed with diesel fuel(25 cc per 10 litres)

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85that passes API GL-4 PLUS specifications.Qualification FIAT 9.55550-MX3.

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75WQualification FIAT 9.55550-MZ6

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85 that passes API GL-4 specifications.Qualification FIAT 9.55550-MZ1

Specifc grease to be used for constant-velocity joints with low friction coefficient. N.L.G.I. 0-1 consistency.Qualification FIAT 9.55580.

Grease containing Molybdenum bisulphide for high temperature appliances. N.L.G.I. 1-2 consistency. Qualification FIAT 9.55580.

Synthetic fluid for brake and clutch system. Exceeds specifications: FMVSS no. 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925, SAE J 1704. Qualification FIAT 9.55597.

Protective with antifreeze action, red colour based on inhibited monoethylen glycol and organic formula, that passes CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications.Qualification FIAT 9.55523.

Additive for diesel fuels with protective action for Diesel engines.

Mixture of alcohol and surfactants. That passes CUNA NC 956-11.Qualification FIAT 9.55522.


238

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S FUEL CONSUMPTION

The fuel consumption figures given in thetable below are determined on the basisof the homologation tests set down byspecific European Directives.

The procedures below are followed formeasuring consumption:

❒ urban cycle: cold starting followed bydriving that simulates urban use of thecar;

IMPORTANT The type of route, trafficsituations, weather conditions, drivingstyle, general conditions of the car, trimlevel/equipment/accessories, load, climatecontrol system, roof rack, other situationsthat affect air drag may lead to differentfuel consumption levels than those mea-sured.

❒ extra-urban cycle: frequent acceler-ating in all gears, simulating extraurbanuse of the car; the speed varies be-tween 0 and 120 km/h;

❒ combined consumption: is calculat-ed weighing about 37% of urban cycleconsumption and about 63% of ex-traurban consumption.

FUEL CONSUMPTION ACCORDING TO EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE IN FORCE (litres / 100 km)

1.4 16V 1.4 T JET 1.4 T-JET 1.4 Turbo 1.6 Multijet 1.6 Multijet120 HP 150 HP Multi Air 90 HP (�) 105 HP

Urban 8.1 8.1 8.7 7.3 5.6 6.1 (**) 5.8 (*)

Extra-urban 5.2 5.2 5.3 4.8 3.7 4.0 (**) 3.8 (*)

Combined 6.3 6.3 6.6 5.7 4.4 4.8 (**) 4.5 (*)

1.6 Multijet 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V 90 HP (�) 1.9 Multijet 16V 2.0 Multijet120 HP 1.9 Multijet 8V 115 HP (�)

Urban 6.1 6.9 6.8 7.6 6.9

Extra-urban 4.0 4.3 4.2 4.5 4.3

Combined 4.8 5.3 5.2 5.6 5.3

(�) For versions/markets, where provided(*) ECO 119 g CO2 versions (**) Euro 4 with DPF versions


239

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

CO2 EMISSIONS

The CO2 emission levels at the exhaust given in the following tables refer to combined consumption.

CO2 EMISSIONS ACCORDING TO EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE IN FORCE (g/km)

1.6 Multijet 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V 90 HP (�) 1.9 Multijet 16V 2.0 Multijet120 HP 1.9 Multijet 8V 115 HP (�)

125 139 137 149 139

(�) For versions/markets, where provided

1.4 16V 1.4 T-JET 1.4 T-JET 1.4 Turbo Multi Air 1.6 Multijet 1.6 Multijet120 HP 150 HP 90 HP (�) 105 HP

146 146 155 132 115 125 (**) / 119 (*)

(�) For versions/markets, where provided(*) ECO 119 g CO2 versions(**) EURO 4 with DPF versions


240

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

S RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: Ministerial homologation


241

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

INDE

XTE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS


PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE

For years now Fiat has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment throughthe continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a viewto guaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligationsimposed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Fiat offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle* atthe end of its life span without additional costs.

The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring expenses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that thevehicle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials.

Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to ourcustomers by de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of yournearest authorised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Fiat website or call the toll free number 00800 3428 0000.

* Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t

Pagine_ITA.indd 1 18-05-2005 11:53:40


®

Always ask your mechanic for ®

Pagine_ITA.indd 1 18-05-2005 11:53:40

In the heart of your engine.


The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia.

Oil change? The experts recommend Selenia

This is an engine oil range which satisfies the most advanced

international specifications. Its superior technical characteristics

allow Selenia to guarantee the highest performanceand protection of your engine.

The Selenia range includes a number of technologically advanced products:

SELENIA K PURE ENERGY

Pagine_ITA.indd 4 18-05-2005 11:54:19

Synthetic lubricant designed for latest generation, low emission, petrol engines. Its specific formulation warrants the utmost protection also for high performance turbocharged engines with high thermal stress. Its low ash content helps to maintain the total cleanliness of modern catalysts.

SELENIA WR PURE ENERGY Fully synthetic lubricant that can meet the requirements of the latest diesel engines. Low ash content to protect the particulate filter from the residual products of combustion. High Fuel Economy System that allows considerable fuel saving. It reduces the danger of dirtying the turbine to ensure the protection of increasingly high performance diesel engines

SELENIA MULTIPOWERParticularly ideal for the protection of new generation petrol engines, very effective even in the most severe weather conditions. It guarantees a reduction in fuel consumption (Energy conserving) and it is also ideal for alternative engines.

SELENIA SPORTFully synthetic lubricant capable of meeting the needs of high performance engines.Studied to protect the engine also in high thermal stress conditions, it prevents deposits on the turbine to achieve the utmost performance in total safety.

The range also includes Selenia StAR Pure Energy, Selenia Racing, Selenia K, Selenia WR, Selenia 20K, Selenia 20K AR.For further information on Selenia products visit the web site www.selenia.com.


245

Pagine_ITA.indd 4 18-05-2005 11:54:19

245

RIGH

T HAN

D DR

IVE V

ERSIO

NS

DASHBOARD

The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.

1. Adjustable and swivel air vent - 2. Side window air vent - 3. Front passenger air bag - 4. Adjustable and swivel air vents - 5. Haz-ard light switch - 6. External light stalk - 7. Instrument panel - 8. Windscreen/rear window wiper/trip computer stalk - 9. Bonnetopening lever - 10. Glovebox - 11. Ignition key and ignition device - 12. Steering wheel locking/release stalk - 13. Driver’s air bag- 14. Driver’s knees air bag (for versions/markets, where provided) - 15. Set of switches for front/rear fog lights and menu open-ing/setting 16. Controls for heating/ventilation/climate control - 17. Sound system controls - 18. Set of ON/OFF switches for elec-tric power steering and ASR system (for versions/markets, where provided) - 19. Oddment compartment

F0Q0005m

fig. 1


INSTRUMENT PANEL Versions with multifunction display




D Rev counter

E Multifunction display.


On diesel versions the rev counterend scale value is 6000 rpm.

Sport versions with multifunctiondisplay A Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning


excessive temperature warning lightD Rev counterE Multifunction display.

mcWarning lights fitted on dieselversions onlyOn diesel versions the rev counterend scale value is 6000 rpm.

F0Q0006m

F0Q0007m

fig. 3

fig. 2

246

RIGH

T HAN

D DR

IVE V

ERSIO

NS


247

RIGH

T HAN

D DR

IVE V

ERSIO

NS

Versions with reconfigurablemultifunction display




D Rev counter



On diesel versions the rev counterend scale value is 6000 rpm.

F0Q0008m

fig. 4

F0Q0009m

Sport versions with reconfigurablemultifunction displayA Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning


excessive temperature warning lightD Rev counter


mcWarning lights fitted on dieselversions onlyOn diesel versions the rev counterend scale value is 6000 rpm.


NNOOTTEESS


249

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETEC

HNICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

– recharge........................................... 189

– replacement .................................... 207

– tips for extending battery life .... 208

Body paintwork identification plate 219

Body versions ....................................... 220

Body

– body version codes ...................... 222

– cleaning, care and maintenance . 212

Boot courtesy light

– bulb replacement........................... 178

Boot extension .................................... 79

Boot light


Boot

– capacity .......................... 231-234-235

– Cargo Box....................................... 82

– extending the boot........................ 80

– luggage transport warnings.......... 82

– lighting.............................................. 178

– locking/unlocking from the inside 79

– opening/closing ............................. 79

– opening with remote control .... 79

– rear parcel shelf ............................. 81

– securing your load ........................ 82

Brake Assist (system).......................... 87

Brake fluid

– checking levels and topping up .. 200

– specifications................................... 237

Brake lights


ABS (system) ...................................... 86

Additional heater........................ 46-49

Air filter/Pollen filter ........................... 207

Air recirculation ........................ 46-49-53

Air vents ............................................... 44

Alarm system........................................ 16

AQS (Air Quality System) function... 53

Ashtray................................................... 69

ASR (system) ........................................ 89

Automatic dual zone climate

control system................................... 50

Automatic headlight (dusk sensor) .. 57

Battery.................................................. 79

– jump starting .................................. 158

– maintenance .................................. 207

IINNDDEEXX


250

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETEC

HNICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

Car performance ................................. 232

Car radio wiring system..................... 97

Cargo Box............................................. 82

Carrying children safely ..................... 117

– Isofix child seat capability ........... 122

Catalytic converter ............................ 110

Central locking .................................... 74

Changing a wheel ................................ 159

– general information and

warnings ......................................... 159

– tyre and wheel types .................... 229

– tyre inflation pressure .................. 230

Chassis marking .................................. 219

Checking fluid levels............................ 200

Child safety device............................... 75

Child seats

– capability for child seat ................ 122

– suitability for using child seats ... 120

Cigarette lighter .................................. 69

CITY function....................................... 99

Cleaning and maintenance

– bodywork........................................ 219

– engine compartment .................... 214

– front headlights .............................. 214

– interiors ........................................... 215

– seats.................................................. 215

– windows ................................ 58-214

Climate control system ..................... 43

Clock adjustment................................. 30

Clutch ................................................... 225

CO2 emissions .................................... 239

CODE Card ......................................... 10

Control buttons .................................. 65

Correct use of the car .................. 131

Brakes

– brake fluid (type) ........................... 237


– handbrake........................................ 135

– technical specifications ................. 226

Bulb replacement

– bulb types ....................................... 170

– exterior .......................................... 172

– interior ........................................... 177

Bulbs

– bulb types ....................................... 170

– general information

on replacement ............................. 169

Car dimensions .................................. 231

Car identification data ....................... 218

Car inactivity ....................................... 142

Car maintenance ............................ 193


251

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETEC

HNICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

– windscreen and front side

windows ................................ 45-48-52

Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) .......... 110

Dipped beam headlights

– alignment ......................................... 85


– switching on.................................... 56

Direction indicators

– front bulb replacement................. 172

– rear bulb replacement .................. 174

– side bulb replacement................... 173

– switching on.................................... 56

Door lock .................................... 11-12

Doors

– central locking ...................... 12-74

– child safety device.......................... 75

– locking/unlocking from

the inside ......................................... 12

– rear door locking device ............ 76

– remote control ............................. 11

– remote door

opening/closing ..................... 11-12

"Dualdrive" electric power steering.. 99

– CITY function................................. 99

– SPORT function ............................ 100

Electric windows ..................... 76-77

Electrical/electronic devices ............. 99

Emergency starting .................... 134-158

– bump starting ................................ 158

– jump starting .................................. 158

Engine bonnet....................................... 82

Engine codes/body versions .............. 222

Coolant maximum temperature

warning light....................................... 21

Courtesy lights ..................................... 71


Cruise Control..................................... 61

Current socket ................................... 69

Dashboard .......................................... 5

Dashboard and controls ............. 4

Defrosting-demisting

– door mirrors ....................... 46-48-52

– rear windscreen .................. 46-48-52

– windscreen and front side

windows ................................ 45-48-52

Demanding use of the car.................. 199

Demisting/defrosting

– door mirrors ....................... 46-48-52

– rear windscreen .................. 46-48-52


252

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETEC

HNICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEXEngine compartment

– checking fluid levels ...................... 200

– opening/closing the bonnet ......... 83

– washing ........................................... 213

Engine coolant


– specifications................................... 237

– temperature gauge and

warning light ................................... 21

Engine coolant (fluid)


– specifications................................... 237

Engine coolant temperature gauge .. 21

Engine cooling


– specifications................................... 237

Engine marking .................................... 219

Engine oil


– consumption .................................. 205

– specifications................................... 236

Engine starting ..................................... 132

– bump starting ................................ 158

– emergency starting ............. 134-158

– ignition switch ............................... 19

– jump starting .................................. 158

– stopping the engine ...................... 134

– warming up the engine ................ 134

Engine

– identification codes ....................... 220

– marking ............................................ 219

– technical data............... 221-222-223

EOBD (system) .................................... 96

ESP (system) ........................................ 88

Exterior lights ............................. 56-57

Fiat CODE system ............................ 8

"Fix&Go Automatic"

quick tyre repair kit.......................... 165

Flashings (main beam headlights) .... 56

Fluids and lubricants .................. 236-237

Fog lights

– alignment ......................................... 85


– switching on.................................... 65

Follow Me Home (device) ................ 57

Front air bags ...................................... 124

– deactivation..................................... 126

– driver's air bags ............................. 124

– driver's knee protecting air bag.. 125

– passenger air bags ........................ 125

Front courtesy light ........................... 63



253

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETEC

HNICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

Front fog lights


– switching on.................................... 65

Front seats ............................................ 38

– adjusments ...................................... 38

– armrest ........................................... 67

– cleaning ........................................... 215

– headrest........................................... 40

– heating ............................................ 39

– with electric adjustment .............. 39

Front/rear armrest..................... 67-68

Fuel cap.................................................. 109

Fuel consumption ................................ 238

Fuel cut-off switch .............................. 65

Fuel cut-off system .............................. 66

Fuel flap ................................................. 109

Fuel gauge ............................................. 21

Fuel lock

– switch............................................... 65

– system.............................................. 66

Fuel reserve warning light ................. 21

Fuel reserve................................. 234-235

Fuel tank (capacity) ............................ 234

Fuel

– automatic cut-off switch ............. 66

– consumption .................................. 238

– fuel cut-off (switch) ....................... 66

– fuel level gauge and reserve

warning light ......................... 6-7-21

– fuel tank cap .................................. 109

– refuelling .......................................... 108

Fuse boxes (location) ........ 181-182-184

Fuse summary table............................. 185

Fuses

– fuse location

(control units)............... 181-182-183

– general information

and warnings ................................. 180

Gear lever............................................ 136

Gear Shift Indicator ............................ 26

Gearbox ............................................... 136


Glass holder.......................................... 70

Glove compartment courtesy light


Glove compartment light


Glove compartments ........ 67-68-69-70

GSI system ............................................ 26

Handbrake .......................................... 135


254

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETEC

HNICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEXHazard warning lights

– switching on.................................... 65

Headlight alignment corrector.......... 85

Headlight washers ............................... 61


– headlight washer fluid

specifications................................... 237

Headlights.............................................. 85

– adjusting headlights abroad ........ 85

– alignment corrector...................... 85

– beam orientation ........................... 85

– bulb replacement ................. 172-179

– bulbs (type) .................................... 170

– gas discharge ......................... 85-172

Headrest ................................................ 40

Heated rear window ................. 46-48-52

Heating and ventilation ...................... 45

Heating and ventilation system ........ 43

Hill Holder (system)............................ 88

Ignition switch .................................... 19

In an emergency ............................ 157

Installing electrical/electronic

devices ................................................ 98

– radio transmitters and mobile

phones ............................................ 98

Installing the tow hook ...................... 139

Instrument panel light adjustment.... 29

Instrument panel .................................. 6-7

Interior fittings .................................... 67

Interiors (cleaning) ............................. 215

Isofix (child seat)

– capability for Isofix child seat ..... 122

– suitability for using child seats ... 123

Isofix child seat capability .................. 122

Jack

– use .................................................... 162

– warnings........................................... 161

Keys .................................................... 10

– key with remote control ............ 11

– key without remote control ...... 10

– remote door opening/

closing..................................... 11-12

– replacing the cover of the

remote control ............................. 13

– replacing the remote control

battery.............................................. 13

– requesting additional remote

control keys.................................... 13

Lifting the car ...................................... 190

Lights (switching on controls)... 56-57

Load limiters .......................................... 114

Lubricant (specifications) .......... 236-237

Main beam headlights



255

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETEC

HNICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

– flashings............................................ 56

– switching on.................................... 56

Manual climate control system ........ 47

Mileometer.......................... 6-7-22-25

Mirror adjustment...................... 40-42

MSR (system) ....................................... 90

Multifunction display .......................... 22

Nozzles

– windscreen/rearscreen/headlamp

washer fluid ................................... 211

Number plate lights


On-board computer (trip) .............. 36

On-board instruments (panel) ......... 20

– light adjustment.............................. 29

Paintwork (maintenance) ................ 212

– body colour plate ......................... 219

Parking (sensors) ................................ 104

Parking lights

– switching on.................................... 56

Parking sensors .................................... 104

Parking the car .................................... 135

Power supply (technical data) .......... 225

Pretensioners ...................................... 114

– load limiters ................................... 114

Prolonged car inactivity...................... 142

Protecting the environment ............. 110

– diesel particulate filter (DPF) ...... 110

Punctures

– "Fix&Go automatic" quick

tyre repair kit ................................. 165

– changing a wheel ........................... 165

– general information ...................... 159

Radio transmitters and

mobile phones .................................. 98

Rain sensor............................................ 59

Rear courtesy light .............................. 64


Rear door locking device .................. 75

Rear fog light


– switching on.................................... 65

Rear seats

– cleaning ........................................... 215

– front armrest ................................. 67

– headrest........................................... 40

Rear view mirrors...................... 41-42


256

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETEC

HNICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEXRear window washer


– fluid specifications.......................... 237

– nozzles ............................................. 211

– operation......................................... 60

Rear window wiper

– blade replacement ......................... 211

– operation......................................... 60

Reconfigurable multifunction

display .................................................. 25

Refuelling ..................................... 234-235

Regular inspections ............................ 199

Remote control .................................. 11

– additional remote controls ........ 13

– battery replacement .................... 13

– official approvals ............................ 240

– remote door opening/

closing..................................... 11-12

– tailgate opening ............................. 12

Replacing fuses

– fuse control units ........ 181-182-183

– fuses list ........................................... 184

Rev counter ......................................... 20

Reverse (light)


Reverse lights


Rim Protector ..................................... 228

Roof rack/ski rack bars

(capability)........................................... 84

Rubber hoses........................................ 210

Safe lock (device)................................ 14

Safety devices ................................... 111

Saving fuel ............................................. 137

SBR system............................................ 113

Scheduled maintenance plan.............. 195

Seat adjustment .......................... 38-39

Seat belts ............................................... 112

– carrying children safely ................ 117

– height adjustment ......................... 113

– load limiters ................................... 114

– maintenance.................................... 116

– pretensioners ................................ 114

– SBR system .................................... 113

– using the seat belts ....................... 112

Seat heating ........................................... 39

Servicing and maintenance................. 193

– checking fluid levels ...................... 200

– demanding use of the car ........... 199

– regular inspections ....................... 199


257

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETEC

HNICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

– scheduled maintenance

plan ........................................ 195-197

– scheduled maintenance ................ 194

Side air bags

(Side Bag - Window Bag).. 125-126-127

Side bag ................................................. 125

Side/taillights

– front bulb replacement................. 173

– rear bulb replacement .................. 174

– switching on.................................... 56

Smart washing (windscreen wipers) 59

Snow chains ......................................... 141

Spare wheel ......................................... 161


Spark plugs (type)....................... 222-223

Speedometer ....................................... 20

SPORT function .................................. 100

Start&Stop system ............................... 91

Starting and driving ............................ 131

– ignition switch ............................... 19

Steering ................................................. 226

Steering lock and ignition switch ..... 19

Steering wheel ..................................... 41

Steering wheel levers ............... 56-58

Sun visors ............................................. 71

Sunroof .................................................. 72

– anti-crush safety device ................ 73

– emergency operation .................. 74

– initialization of the system ........... 74

Suspensions........................................... 226

Symbols ................................................. 8

Technical specifications ............. 217

Third brake light


Tools ...................................................... 161

Top speeds ........................................... 232

Topping up the engine oil ................. 205

Towing the car .................................... 191

Towing trailers .................................... 139

TPMS (system) ..................................... 101

Trailer (towing)

– installing the tow hook ............... 139

Transmission ........................................ 225

Trip Computer ................................... 36

Tyres pressure ..................................... 230

Tyres

– "Fix&Go Automatic" quick

tyre repair kit ................................. 165

– changing a wheel ........................... 159

– in the event of a puncture .......... 159


258

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETEC

HNICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

– inflation pressure ........................... 230

– reading the symbols correctly .... 227

– Rim Protector ............................... 228

– snow chains ................................... 141

– snow tyres............................. 141-229

– snow tyres............................. 141-229

– storing tools and space

saver wheel ..................................... 161


Using the gearbox ............................. 136

VIN plates ........................................... 218

Warning lights

and messages ................................... 143

Washer fluid for windscreen/

rearscreen/headlights


– specifications................................... 237

Washing the car

– engine compartment .................... 214

– exterior .......................................... 212

– interiors .......................................... 215

Weights ................................................ 233

Wheel geometry ................................. 227

Wheel rims ........................................... 227

– correct reading ............................. 228

Wheels and tyres

– "Fix&Go automatic"

quick tyre repair kit ...................... 165

– changing a wheel ........................... 159

– reading the symbols correctly .... 227

– Rim Protector tyres...................... 228

– snow chains ................................... 141

– snow tyres............................. 141-229


– tyre inflation pressure .................. 230

– wheel geometry ............................ 227

– wheel puncture .............................. 159

– winter tyres........................... 141-229

Window bag ........................................ 125

Windows

– cleaning ................................. 58-214

– windscreen washer fluid

(specifications) .............................. 237

Windscreen washer

– "smart washing" function ............ 59

– activation ........................................ 58


– headlight washer fluid

specifications ................................. 237

– nozzles ............................................ 211


259

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETEC

HNICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

Windscreen wiper blades

– replacement .................................... 211

Windscreen wiper

– activation ........................................ 58

– blade replacement ......................... 211

– nozzles ............................................ 211

– rain (sensor) ................................... 59

Winter

– snow chains ................................... 141

– snow tyres............................. 141-229


Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. - Parts & Services - Technical Services - Service EngineeringLargo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)

Print N. 603.81.710 - 04/2011 - 2 edition


The data contained in this publication is intended merely as a guide. FIAT reserves the right to modify the models and versions described in this booklet at any time for technical and commercial reasons.

If you have any further questions please consult your FIAT dealer. Printed in recycled paper without chlorine. O W N E R H A N D B O O K

F I A T B R A V OENGLISH

BRAVO UM GB 15-05-2007 8:36 Pagina 1

00_198_BRAVO_603.81.710_EN_02_05.10_L_LG.pdf - FIAT

Documents

Transcript of 00_198_BRAVO_603.81.710_EN_02_05.10_L_LG.pdf - FIAT